礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者
在律藏中·波罗夷篇义注(第一部分)
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · Vinayapiṭake · Pārājikakaṇḍa-aṭṭhakathā (paṭhamo bhāgo)
序说
489 段
著作开篇序言
Ganthārambhakathā
哪怕用上千万劫的时间,也无法衡量
在无量的时间里行极难行之事
为了世间的利益,这位救护者已疲惫不堪。
礼敬那位大慈悲者。
凡愚无法了知、却为诸佛所亲近的那一法;
众生世间在种种存在之间流转;
礼敬破除无明等烦恼网者
那位破除无明等烦恼网的正法至尊。
以戒、定、慧等功德具足的人,
具备解脱智等功德。
是想要善法的人们的好田地;
我以头顶礼那圣众。
就这样,向最值得礼敬的那一位致以礼敬。
礼敬三宝全体,
获得了广大而丰厚的福德之流。
以此福德的威神力,一切障碍都被消除了。
当它安住时,对教法未安住者而言;
对于安住得很好的人来说,它是稳固建立的。
我要赞叹这没有杂染的律。
依靠前代祖师的威德。
其实,凭借历代先师们无与伦比的教导,
被智慧之水洗净了尘垢与烦恼漏
具足清净明与无碍解者
由擅长阐释正法的人
对于以减损为道、难可譬喻者,
就像大寺那高扬的幢幡一样,
这部律已用各种方法作了阐明。
以精妙多样的方法追随正觉者的殊胜传承。
这是以师子洲的语言所注释的。
这句话因为是被(以僧伽罗语)制作/撰写的缘故,
它不能给海外比丘带来任何利益。
因为它在其他岛屿之间对比丘众。
所以,现在我要开始写这部跟巴利原典相应的注释。
我现在就开始做注解。
对名为佛吉祥者的劝请;
我正确地随念着长老的劝请。
他着手撰写那部注释。
把那部大注疏作为主体;
同样依照《大筏注》而作。
在《库伦达》等广为人知的著作中。
这个判定在义注中已经说过。
它不舍弃相应的义理,
也从那里面收入了上座部的说法;
我要正确地开始撰写注释。
请以清净的信心听我说。
长老比丘们,还有新学比丘和中间辈的比丘们;
法灯如来的
恭敬地敬奉法。
佛陀宣说了法和律;
那位同样为其弟子们所了知。
他以那些事物不违背他们的意旨。
因为从前他们曾作过义注。
因此,对于注疏中所说的,
舍弃了那放逸的书写。
对于一切学处都心怀恭敬的人,
因为这就是智者在此的衡量标准。
从此不再采用别的说法,
把详细的修行道路也一并概括起来,
毫无遗漏地作出一切抉择,
没有偏离任何传承次第。
阐明经教言论的含义;
按照经文的本意来详细阐明;
因为这也将成为注释
因此,应当恭敬地修学。
Yo kappakoṭīhipi appameyyaṃ; Kālaṃ karonto atidukkarāni; Khedaṃ gato lokahitāya nātho; Namo mahākāruṇikassa tassa. Asambudhaṃ buddhanisevitaṃ yaṃ; Bhavābhavaṃ gacchati jīvaloko; Namo avijjādikilesajāla- Viddhaṃsino dhammavarassa tassa. Guṇehi yo sīlasamādhipaññā- Vimuttiñāṇappabhutīhi yutto; Khettaṃ janānaṃ kusalatthikānaṃ; Tamariyasaṅghaṃ sirasā namāmi. Iccevamaccantanamassaneyyaṃ; Namassamāno ratanattayaṃ yaṃ; Puññābhisandaṃ vipulaṃ alatthaṃ; Tassānubhāvena hatantarāyo. Yasmiṃ ṭhite sāsanamaṭṭhitassa; Patiṭṭhitaṃ hoti susaṇṭhitassa; Taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayaṃ amissaṃ; Nissāya pubbācariyānubhāvaṃ. Kāmañca pubbācariyāsabhehi; Ñāṇambuniddhotamalāsavehi; Visuddhavijjāpaṭisambhidehi ; Saddhammasaṃvaṇṇanakovidehi. Sallekhiye nosulabhūpamehi; Mahāvihārassa dhajūpamehi; Saṃvaṇṇitoyaṃ vinayo nayehi; Cittehi sambuddhavaranvayehi. Saṃvaṇṇanā sīhaḷadīpakena; Vākyena esā pana saṅkhatattā; Na kiñci atthaṃ abhisambhuṇāti; Dīpantare bhikkhujanassa yasmā. Tasmā imaṃ pāḷinayānurūpaṃ; Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ dāni samārabhissaṃ; Ajjhesanaṃ buddhasirivhayassa; Therassa sammā samanussaranto. Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ tañca samārabhanto; Tassā mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ sarīraṃ; Katvā mahāpaccariyaṃ tatheva; Kurundināmādisu vissutāsu. Vinicchayo aṭṭhakathāsu vutto; Yo yuttamatthaṃ apariccajanto; Tatopi antogadhatheravādaṃ; Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ samma samārabhissaṃ. Taṃ me nisāmentu pasannacittā; Therā ca bhikkhū navamajjhimā ca; Dhammappadīpassa tathāgatassa; Sakkacca dhammaṃ patimānayantā. Buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto; Yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto; So yehi tesaṃ matimaccajantā; Yasmā pure aṭṭhakathā akaṃsu. Tasmā hi yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ; Taṃ vajjayitvāna pamādalekhaṃ; Sabbampi sikkhāsu sagāravānaṃ; Yasmā pamāṇaṃ idha paṇḍitānaṃ. Tato ca bhāsantarameva hitvā; Vitthāramaggañca samāsayitvā; Vinicchayaṃ sabbamasesayitvā; Tantikkamaṃ kiñci avokkamitvā. Suttantikānaṃ vacanānamatthaṃ; Suttānurūpaṃ paridīpayantī; Yasmā ayaṃ hessati vaṇṇanāpi; Sakkacca tasmā anusikkhitabbāti.
在这里,因为已经说过“我要解说律”,所以先要把“律”界定清楚。因此这样说:“这里所说的律,指的是整部律藏。”为了详细注释它的含义,下面列出这个论母:
Tattha taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayanti vuttattā vinayo tāva vavatthapetabbo. Tenetaṃ vuccati – ‘‘vinayo nāma idha sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ adhippeta’’nti. Saṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ panassa ayaṃ mātikā –
由谁、在什么时候、因为什么而说,由谁受持、由谁带来;
说完“它依什么而安立”之后,接着说明规则。
对于“以此”等开头这段文字的含义,我要从各种不同的角度来说明。
我要显示并制作《律义释》。
Vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ; Yatthappatiṭṭhitacetametaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tato. Tenātiādipāṭhassa, atthaṃ nānappakārato; Dassayanto karissāmi, vinayassatthavaṇṇananti.
在这里,所说的“由谁、何时、因何”这句话,是针对“那时,世尊住在毗兰若”这类开头语而说的。因为这句话并不是佛陀世尊亲口所说,所以需要说明:这句话是谁说的?什么时候说的?又为什么说?它是具寿优波离长老说的,而且是在第一次大结集的时候。
Tattha vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmāti idaṃ tāva vacanaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti evamādivacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Idañhi buddhassa bhagavato attapaccakkhavacanaṃ na hoti, tasmā vattabbametaṃ ‘‘idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ, kadā vuttaṃ, kasmā ca vutta’’nti? Āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ, tañca pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle.
第一次大结集的故事
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā
所谓第一次大结集,虽然已经在《五百结集犍度》里讲过了,但为了让人明白这里的缘起脉络,也应当按下面这种方式来理解。从初转法轮开始,一直到调伏游方者须跋陀罗,佛陀该做的事都已完成。在毗舍佉月圆日黎明时分,世尊——世间之怙主——在拘尸那罗附近、末罗族沙罗树林中两棵并生沙罗树之间,以无余依涅槃界般涅槃。佛陀般涅槃时,有七十万比丘聚集在一起。佛陀般涅槃七天后,僧团长老具寿大迦叶想起年老才出家的须跋陀罗说过的话:“够了,贤友们,别忧愁,别悲泣。我们已经摆脱那位大沙门的管束,他总说‘这个你们可以,这个你们不可以’。现在呢,我们想做什么就做什么,不想做什么就不做。”于是他想到:“确实有可能,恶比丘会以为大师已经过去,经典不再有主,于是得到可乘之机,不久就让正法消失。只要法与律还在,经典就还算没有失去大师。世尊确实这样说过——”
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma cesā kiñcāpi pañcasatikasaṅgītikkhandhake vuttā, nidānakosallatthaṃ pana idhāpi iminā nayena veditabbā. Dhammacakkappavattanañhi ādiṃ katvā yāva subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā katabuddhakicce kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane yamakasālānamantare visākhapuṇṇamadivase paccūsasamaye anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute bhagavati lokanāthe, bhagavato parinibbāne sannipatitānaṃ sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ saṅghatthero āyasmā mahākassapo sattāhaparinibbute bhagavati, subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena; upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti! Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma na taṃ karissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437; dī. ni. 2.232) vuttavacanamanussaranto ‘‘ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ pāpabhikkhū atītasatthukaṃ pāvacananti maññamānā pakkhaṃ labhitvā nacirasseva saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ, yāva ca dhammavinayo tiṭṭhati tāva anatītasatthukameva pāvacanaṃ hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
阿难,我为你们宣说并制定的法与律,在我去世后,就是你们的导师。
‘Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto , so vo mamaccayena satthā’ti (dī. ni. 2.216).
我何不结集法与律,让这教法长久住世、久远流传呢?
‘‘Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyaṃ, yathayidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ.
而我所曾蒙世尊说的——
Yaṃ cāhaṃ bhagavatā –
“迦叶,那你愿意穿我这些粗麻布做的粪扫衣、破旧衣吗?”说完这话,便与他共用衣物,
‘Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ, kassapa, sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti vatvā cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogena ceva,
比丘们,我只要愿意,就能完全远离诸欲……成就并安住于初禅;比丘们,迦叶只要愿意,也能完全远离诸欲……成就并安住于初禅。
‘Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’ti –
像这样,以九种次第住、六神通等种种上人法,蒙世尊通过把他置于与自己完全平等的地位来摄受他,对他而言,还有什么别的恩德可说呢?他心里想:“世尊岂不像国王赐予自己的铠甲和自在那样,把能确立家族传承的儿子看作‘他将成为我正法传承的确立者’,然后用这种不共的摄受来摄受我吗?”他这样思惟之后,为了结集法和律,就激励比丘们发起精进。正如所说——
Evamādinā nayena navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññāppabhede uttarimanussadhamme attanā samasamaṭṭhapanena ca anuggahito, tassa kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissati; nanu maṃ bhagavā rājā viya sakakavacaissariyānuppadānena attano kulavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpakaṃ puttaṃ ‘saddhammavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpako me ayaṃ bhavissatī’ti mantvā iminā asādhāraṇena anuggahena anuggahesī’’ti cintayanto dhammavinayasaṅgāyanatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesi. Yathāha –
那时,具寿大迦叶对比丘们说:“贤友们,有一次,我和大约五百位比丘组成的大比丘僧团一起,走在从波婆到拘尸那罗的长途路上。”(长部·2.231)这整篇须跋陀品的内容,应当详细地了解。
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘ekamidāhaṃ, āvuso, samayaṃ pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.231) sabbaṃ subhaddakaṇḍaṃ vitthārato veditabbaṃ.
从那以后,他又说:
Tato paraṃ āha –
来吧,贤友们,让我们来结集法和律。别让非法先冒出来,把法排挤掉;别让非律先冒出来,把律排挤掉。别让说非法的人势力强大,而说法的人变得弱小;别让说非律的人势力强大,而说律的人变得弱小。
‘‘Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma. Pure adhammo dippati, dhammo paṭibāhiyyati; avinayo dippati, vinayo paṭibāhiyyati. Pure adhammavādino balavanto honti, dhammavādino dubbalā honti; avinayavādino balavanto honti, vinayavādino dubbalā hontī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
比丘们说:“那么,尊者,就请长老来挑选比丘吧。”长老把成百上千位通达全部九分教法的凡夫、入流者、一来者、不来者以及干观漏尽比丘都排除在外,只选了四百九十九位比丘——他们通达三藏一切教法的分类,获得无碍解,具足大威神力,而且大多是被世尊列为第一的、具足三明等功德的漏尽比丘。正是针对他们,经中这样说:“于是,具寿大迦叶挑选了四百九十九位阿罗汉。”(《小品》437)
Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘tena hi, bhante, thero bhikkhū uccinatū’’ti. Thero sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare puthujjana-sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmi-sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavabhikkhū anekasate anekasahasse ca vajjetvā tipiṭakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare paṭisambhidāppatte mahānubhāve yebhuyyena bhagavatā etadaggaṃ āropite tevijjādibhede khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva ekūnapañcasate pariggahesi. Ye sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo ekenūnāpañcaarahantasatāni uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
长老为什么少选一个人呢?是为了给阿难尊者留位置。因为结集佛法这件事,有阿难尊者参与不行,没有他参与也不行。这位尊者还在有学阶段,还有该做的事,所以有他参与就办不成;但另一方面,十力世尊所宣说的经典、应颂等教法,他没有一样不是从世尊面前亲自领受的,所以没有他也办不成。既然如此,他虽然还是位有学,但因为对法结集有大利益,长老本应把他选进来。那为什么没选呢?是为了避免别人的讥嫌。长老对阿难尊者极为信任,甚至在他头上已经长出白发时,还拿“这小孩不懂事”这样的话来教导他。而且这位尊者出身释迦族,是如来叔父的儿子。在这种情况下,比丘们可能会觉得这是出于偏爱,而讥嫌说:“长老撇开那么多已经证得无学、具足无碍解的比丘,却选了只证得有学无碍解的阿难。”为了避开这种讥嫌,长老心想:“没有阿难就办不成结集,我就凭比丘们自己的同意来选他吧。”所以他才没有直接选。
Kissa pana thero ekenūnamakāsīti? Āyasmato ānandattherassa okāsakaraṇatthaṃ. Tena hāyasmatā sahāpi vināpi na sakkā dhammasaṅgīti kātuṃ, so hāyasmā sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tasmā sahāpi na sakkā; yasmā panassa kiñci dasabaladesitaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ bhagavato asammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā vināpi na sakkā. Yadi evaṃ sekkhopi samāno dhammasaṅgītiyā bahukārattā therena uccinitabbo assa. Atha kasmā na uccinitoti ? Parūpavādavivajjanato. Thero hi āyasmante ānande ativiya vissattho ahosi, tathā hi naṃ sirasmiṃ palitesu jātesupi ‘‘na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) kumārakavādena ovadati. Sakyakulappasuto cāyaṃ āyasmā tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapituputto. Tatra hi bhikkhū chandāgamanaṃ viya maññamānā ‘‘bahū asekkhapaṭisambhidāppatte bhikkhū ṭhapetvā ānandaṃ sekkhapaṭisambhidāppattaṃ thero uccinī’’ti upavadeyyuṃ, taṃ parūpavādaṃ parivajjento ‘‘ānandaṃ vinā saṅgīti na sakkā kātuṃ, bhikkhūnaṃyeva anumatiyā gahessāmī’’ti na uccini.
这时,比丘们自己主动替阿难向长老请求。正如经中所说:
Atha sayameva bhikkhū ānandassatthāya theraṃ yāciṃsu. Yathāha –
比丘们对具寿大迦叶这样说:“尊者,这位具寿阿难虽然还是有学,但他不可能因为欲、嗔、痴、怖畏而走上非道;而且他在世尊身边已经学了很多法和律。所以,尊者,就请长老也把具寿阿难选上吧。”于是,具寿大迦叶也把具寿阿难选上了。
‘‘Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā ānando kiñcāpi sekkho abhabbo chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, bahu cānena bhagavato santike dhammo ca vinayo ca pariyatto; tena hi, bhante, thero āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinatū’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
就这样,经过比丘们同意而选出这位具寿,加上他一起,共有五百位长老。
Evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā uccinitena tenāyasmatā saddhiṃ pañca therasatāni ahesuṃ.
这时,长老比丘们心里想:“我们该在哪里结集法和律呢?”接着,长老比丘们又想:“王舍城地域广大,住处充足。不如我们就在王舍城住雨安居,同时结集法和律,并且不让其他比丘来王舍城入雨安居。”他们为什么这样想呢?“这是我们的重要事务,万一有见解不同的人混进僧团里来捣乱就不好了。”于是,具寿大迦叶用白二羯磨宣布了这件事,具体情形应当按《结集犍度》里所说的来了解。
Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho mayaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘rājagahaṃ kho mahāgocaraṃ pahūtasenāsanaṃ, yaṃnūna mayaṃ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma, na aññe bhikkhū rājagahe vassaṃ upagaccheyyu’’nti. Kasmā pana nesaṃ etadahosi? Idaṃ amhākaṃ thāvarakammaṃ, koci visabhāgapuggalo saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā ukkoṭeyyāti. Athāyasmā mahākassapo ñattidutiyena kammena sāvesi, taṃ saṅgītikkhandhake vuttanayeneva ñātabbaṃ.
如来般涅槃之后,在七日善作嬉戏和七日舍利供养等日子过去之后,大迦叶长老心想:“半个月已经过去了,现在夏季还剩一个半月,雨安居快到了。”于是他说:“贤友们,我们去王舍城吧。”便带着半数比丘僧团走一条路。阿那律长老也带着半数走另一条路。阿难长老则拿着世尊的衣钵,在比丘僧团的围绕下前往舍卫城,之后想再去王舍城,就从舍卫城出发游行。阿难长老每到一个地方,都引起极大的悲泣:“阿难尊者,您把导师安放在哪里才来的?”当长老们逐渐到达舍卫城时,就像世尊般涅槃那天一样,又掀起了极大的悲泣。
Atha tathāgatassa parinibbānato sattasu sādhukīḷanadivasesu sattasu ca dhātupūjādivasesu vītivattesu ‘‘aḍḍhamāso atikkanto, idāni gimhānaṃ diyaḍḍho māso seso, upakaṭṭhā vassūpanāyikā’’ti mantvā mahākassapatthero ‘‘rājagahaṃ, āvuso, gacchāmā’’ti upaḍḍhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Anuruddhattheropi upaḍḍhaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Ānandatthero pana bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiṃ gantvā rājagahaṃ gantukāmo yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Ānandattherena gatagataṭṭhāne mahāparidevo ahosi – ‘‘bhante ānanda, kuhiṃ satthāraṃ ṭhapetvā āgatosī’’ti . Anupubbena pana sāvatthiṃ anuppatte there bhagavato parinibbānadivase viya mahāparidevo ahosi.
那时,具寿阿难用与无常等相应的法语让大众信服后,进入祇园,推开十力所住香室的门,把床座搬出来,拍打除尘,清扫香室,丢弃枯萎的花鬘和垃圾,再把床座搬回去,放回原来的位置,在世尊还住世时该做的事,他全都做了。后来,长老自从世尊般涅槃以来,因为长时间站立和久坐,身体四大积聚不调,为了调理身体,在第二天喝了牛乳泻药,就在精舍里坐着。针对这件事,他对善贤婆罗门派来的那个年轻人这样说道:
Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā ānando aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya taṃ mahājanaṃ saññāpetvā jetavanaṃ pavisitvā dasabalena vasitagandhakuṭiyā dvāraṃ vivaritvā mañcapīṭhaṃ nīharitvā papphoṭetvā gandhakuṭiṃ sammajjitvā milātamālākacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā mañcapīṭhaṃ atiharitvā puna yathāṭhāne ṭhapetvā bhagavato ṭhitakāle karaṇīyaṃ vattaṃ sabbamakāsi. Atha thero bhagavato parinibbānato pabhuti ṭhānanisajjabahulattā ussannadhātukaṃ kāyaṃ samassāsetuṃ dutiyadivase khīravirecanaṃ pivitvā vihāreyeva nisīdi. Yaṃ sandhāya subhena māṇavena pahitaṃ māṇavakaṃ etadavoca –
年轻人,今天不是时候,我今天喝了一点药,也许明天能来拜访。
‘‘Akālo kho, māṇavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā, appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāmā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.447).
第二天,阿难长老以策陀长老为随行沙门一起去,被善贤青年问到时,宣说了《长部》中名为《善贤经》的第十经。
Dutiyadivase cetakattherena pacchāsamaṇena gantvā subhena māṇavena puṭṭho dīghanikāye subhasuttaṃnāma dasamaṃ suttamabhāsi.
那时,长老让人把祇园精舍的破损处修好之后,在雨安居临近时去了王舍城。同样,大迦叶长老和阿那律长老也带着全体比丘僧团,一起去了王舍城。
Atha thero jetavanavihāre khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ kārāpetvā upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya rājagahaṃ gato. Tathā mahākassapatthero anuruddhatthero ca sabbaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā rājagahameva gato.
那时候,王舍城有十八座大寺。这些全都成了丢弃破布烂衣的地方。因为世尊般涅槃时,所有比丘各自拿了自己的衣钵,把精舍和附属住处丢下就走了。于是长老们为了恭敬世尊的教法,也为了摆脱外道的指责,心想:“我们先在第一个月修补破损。”外道可能会这样说:“沙门乔达摩的弟子们,导师还在世时就照料精舍,导师涅槃后就丢下不管了。”他们是为了摆脱这种指责才这样想的。这里说的就是这个意思。经中也有这样的话:
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārā honti. Te sabbepi chaḍḍitapatitauklāpā ahesuṃ. Bhagavato hi parinibbāne sabbe bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vihāre ca pariveṇe ca chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Tattha therā bhagavato vacanapūjanatthaṃ titthiyavādaparimocanatthañca ‘‘paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karomā’’ti cintesuṃ. Titthiyā hi evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā satthari ṭhiteyeva vihāre paṭijaggiṃsu, parinibbute chaḍḍesu’’nti. Tesaṃ vādaparimocanatthañca cintesunti vuttaṃ hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ –
那时,长老比丘们这样想:“贤友们,世尊确实赞叹过修补破损。来吧,贤友们,我们第一个月修补破损,第二个月集合起来,结集法与律。”
‘‘Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘bhagavatā kho, āvuso, khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karoma, majjhimaṃ māsaṃ sannipatitvā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
他们在第二天前往,站在王宫门口。阿阇世王前来顶礼后,问他们:“尊者,你们为什么来?”并询问自己该做什么。长老们说明,是为了修缮十八座大寺,需要人手。国王说:“好的,尊者。”便派了工人给他们。长老们第一个月把所有寺院都修好了,然后禀告国王:“大王,寺院修缮已经完成。现在我们要结集法与律。”国王说:“好的,尊者,你们放心去做。让我的王权之轮和你们的法轮同时运转吧。尊者,请吩咐,我该做什么?”长老们说:“大王,结集比丘们需要一个集会的地方。”国王问:“尊者,在哪里做呢?”长老们说:“大王,在毗婆罗山侧、七叶窟洞口建造比较合适。”国王阿阇世说:“好的,尊者。”于是让毗首羯磨般的工匠建造了一座大殿堂,墙壁、柱子、台阶分布匀称,装饰着各种花鬘、藤蔓图案,辉煌胜过王宫,庄严压倒天宫,像吉祥的居所,又像悦意的景观,集可观之美于一处,令天人和凡人的眼睛都为之欢喜。殿中悬挂着各种花鬘,垂着华美的顶盖,地面像宝石镶嵌的宝珠地板一样,用各种散花装饰得极为精美,如同梵天宫殿一般庄严。在那座大殿堂里,为五百位比丘铺设了五百张无价的如法坐具,在南侧朝北设置了长老的座位,在殿堂中央朝东设置了堪受世尊佛陀之座的法座,并放了一把象牙柄的拂扇。然后告知比丘僧团:“尊者,我的事已经办好了。”
Te dutiyadivase gantvā rājadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu. Ajātasattu rājā āgantvā vanditvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, āgatatthā’’ti attanā kattabbakiccaṃ paṭipucchi. Therā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya hatthakammaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā hatthakammakārake manusse adāsi. Therā paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ sabbavihāre paṭisaṅkharāpetvā rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, vihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ. Idāni dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ karomā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, vissatthā karotha. Mayhaṃ āṇācakkaṃ, tumhākaṃ dhammacakkaṃ hotu. Āṇāpetha, bhante, kiṃ karomī’’ti? ‘‘Saṅgahaṃ karontānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannisajjaṭṭhānaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kattha karomi, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre kātuṃ yuttaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho rājā ajātasattu vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ suvibhattabhittitthambhasopānaṃ nānāvidhamālākammalataākammavicittaṃ abhibhavantamiva rājabhavanavibhūtiṃ avahasantamiva devavimānasiriṃ siriyā niketamiva ekanipātatitthamiva ca devamanussanayanavihaṅgānaṃ lokarāmaṇeyyakamiva sampiṇḍitaṃ daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā vividhakusumadāma-olambaka-viniggalantacāruvitānaṃ ratanavicittamaṇikoṭṭimatalamiva ca naṃ nānāpupphūpahāravicittasupariniṭṭhitabhūmikammaṃ brahmavimānasadisaṃ alaṅkaritvā tasmiṃ mahāmaṇḍape pañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anagghāni pañca kappiyapaccattharaṇasatāni paññāpetvā dakkhiṇabhāgaṃ nissāya uttarābhimukhaṃ therāsanaṃ maṇḍapamajjhe puratthābhimukhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato āsanārahaṃ dhammāsanaṃ paññāpetvā dantakhacitaṃ bījaniñcettha ṭhapetvā bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocāpesi – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, mama kicca’’nti.
那时候,有些比丘针对阿难尊者这样说:“在这个比丘僧团里,有一个比丘身上带着臭味到处走动。”阿难尊者听到这话后,心想:“在这个比丘僧团里,并没有别的身上带着臭味到处走动的比丘,他们肯定是在说我。”于是生起了警醒之心。又有一些比丘对阿难尊者说:“贤友,明天有集会,而你还是个有学,还有该做的事,所以你不适合去参加集会,要精进不放逸啊。”
Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sandhāya evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe eko bhikkhu vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaratī’’ti. Thero taṃ sutvā ‘‘imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe añño vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaraṇakabhikkhu nāma natthi, addhā ete maṃ sandhāya vadantī’’ti saṃvegaṃ āpajji. Ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘sve, āvuso, sannipāto tvañca sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tena te na yuttaṃ sannipātaṃ gantuṃ, appamatto hohī’’ti.
那时,具寿阿难心想:“明天有集会,而我还是有学,以有学之身去参加集会,实在不合适。”于是他用大半夜的时间修习身至念。到了后夜时分,他从经行处下来,走进精舍,心想“我要躺下”,便把身体转向床铺。就在双脚离开地面、头还没碰到枕头的那一瞬间,心无
Atha kho āyasmā ānando – ‘‘sve sannipāto, na kho pana metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ sekkho samāno sannipātaṃ gaccheyya’’nti bahudeva rattiṃ kāyagatāyasatiyā vītināmetvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘nipajjissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ āvajjesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, appattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Ayañhi āyasmā caṅkamena bahi vītināmetvā visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkonto cintesi – ‘‘nanu maṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja; khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’ti (dī. ni. 2.207). Buddhānañca kathādoso nāma natthi. Mama accāraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ tena me cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati. Handāhaṃ vīriyasamathaṃ yojemī’’ti caṅkamā orohitvā pādadhovanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā pāde dhovitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīditvā ‘‘thokaṃ vissamissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ mañcake upanāmesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, sīsañca bimbohanaṃ asampattaṃ. Etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ, catuiriyāpathavirahitaṃ therassa arahattaṃ ahosi. Tena imasmiṃ sāsane anipanno anisinno aṭṭhito acaṅkamanto ‘‘ko bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto’’ti vutte ‘‘ānandatthero’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
第二天,长老比丘们吃完饭,收拾好衣钵,聚集在法堂里。可是阿难长老想让大家知道自己已经证得阿罗汉,就没有和比丘们一起去。比丘们按戒腊高低各自坐到自己的座位上,也给阿难长老留了一个座位。有人问:“这是谁的座位?”大家说:“是阿难长老的。”又问:“阿难长老去哪儿了?”就在这时,长老心想:“现在是我该去的时候了。”于是他展示自己的神通,从地中沉入又在自己座位上现身。也有人说他是从空中飞来坐下的。
Atha kho therā bhikkhū dutiyadivase katabhattakiccā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatitā. Ānandatthero pana attano arahattappattiṃ ñāpetukāmo bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ na gato. Bhikkhū yathāvuḍḍhaṃ attano attano pattāsane nisīdantā ānandattherassa āsanaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnā. Tattha kehici ‘‘etamāsanaṃ kassā’’ti vutte ‘‘ānandattherassā’’ti. ‘‘Ānando pana kuhiṃ gato’’ti? Tasmiṃ samaye thero cintesi – ‘‘idāni mayhaṃ gamanakālo’’ti. Tato attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā attano āsaneyeva attānaṃ dassesi. Ākāsenāgantvā nisīdītipi eke.
大迦叶长老见那位尊者这样坐下后,就对僧众们说:“贤友们,我们先结集什么?是法还是律?”僧众们回答说:“大迦叶尊者,律就是佛陀教法的寿命,律住立了,教法就住立。所以我们应该先结集律。”又问:“以谁为首来承担这件事?”答:“以优波离尊者。”问:“难道阿难不能胜任吗?”答:“不是不能胜任。不过,正等正觉者在世时,就依据律的学习,把优波离尊者列为比丘弟子中持律第一,说:‘比丘们,在我弟子比丘中,持律第一的就是优波离。’所以我们应该向优波离长老请教之后,再结集律。”于是,大迦叶长老为了问律,自己推举自己;优波离长老也为了回答,自己推举自己。这里的经文是——
Evaṃ nisinne tasmiṃ āyasmante mahākassapatthero bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso, kiṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāma, dhammaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā’’ti? Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante mahākassapa, vinayo nāma buddhasāsanassa āyu, vinaye ṭhite sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti; tasmā paṭhamaṃ vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti,. ‘‘Kaṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmantaṃ upāli’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ ānando nappahotī’’ti? ‘‘No nappahoti; api ca kho pana sammāsambuddho dharamānoyeva vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – ‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228). Tasmā upālittheraṃ pucchitvā vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti. Tato thero vinayaṃ pucchanatthāya attanāva attānaṃ sammanni. Upālittheropi vissajjanatthāya sammanni. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi –
这时,具寿大迦叶向僧团宣布:
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
“贤友们,请僧团听我说:若僧团认为合宜,我想就律向优波离提问。”
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyya’nti.
具寿优波离也向僧团禀告:
‘‘Āyasmāpi upāli saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
尊者,请僧团听我说:若僧团认为时机合适,我愿解答大迦叶尊者所问之律。
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti.
优波离尊者这样自己推举自己之后,从座位上站起来,把袈裟偏袒一肩,向长老比丘们顶礼,然后坐在法座上,手里拿着一把象牙镶嵌的扇子。接着,大迦叶尊者坐在长老的座位上,向优波离尊者问律:“贤友优波离,第一条波罗夷是在哪里制定的?” “在毗舍离,尊者。” “是因为谁制定的?” “是因为迦兰陀子苏定那。” “是因为什么事?” “是因为淫欲之事。”
Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitvā āyasmā upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi, dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Tato āyasmā mahākassapo therāsane nisīditvā āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ pucchi – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ, āvuso upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti ? ‘‘Vesāliyaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ ārabbhā’’ti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Methunadhamme’’ti.
这时,具寿大迦叶向具寿优波离询问了第一波罗夷的事例,也问了因缘,也问了人,也问了制定,也问了随制,也问了犯,也问了不犯;像问第一波罗夷那样,也问了第二、第三、第四波罗夷的事例……乃至不犯。每问一次,优波离长老就回答一次。然后,他们把这几条波罗夷归在一起,安立为“波罗夷篇”。把十三条僧残安立为“十三僧残”。把两条学处安立为“不定”。把三十条学处安立为“舍堕波逸提”。把九十二条学处安立为“波逸提”。把四条学处安立为“应悔过”。把七十五条学处安立为“应当学”。把七种法安立为“灭诤法”。
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭhamassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi, nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, paññattimpi pucchi, anupaññattimpi pucchi, āpattimpi pucchi, anāpattimpi pucchi; yathā ca paṭhamassa tathā dutiyassa tathā tatiyassa tathā catutthassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi…pe… anāpattimpi pucchi. Puṭṭho puṭṭho upālitthero vissajjesi. Tato imāni cattāri pārājikāni ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida’’nti saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ṭhapesuṃ. Terasa saṅghādisesāni ‘‘terasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Dve sikkhāpadāni ‘‘aniyatānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyapācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Dvenavuti sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Cattāri sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ.
他们这样把比丘大分别归入结集之后,又在比丘尼分别中,把八条学处立为“波罗夷品”,把十七条学处立为“十七事品”,把三十条学处立为“舍堕波逸提”,把一百六十六条学处立为“波逸提”,把八条学处立为“应悔过法”,把七十五条学处立为“众学法”,把七种法立为“灭诤法”。这样把比丘尼分别归入结集之后,又用同样的方式把犍度和附随也归入结集。如此,这部包含两分别、犍度、附随的律藏就全部归入结集完成。大迦叶长老提问,优波离长老回答。问答结束时,五百位阿罗汉按照归入结集时所用的方式,进行了集体诵习。律藏结集结束时,优波离长老放下镶齿扇,从法座下来,礼敬上座比丘们,然后坐回自己的座位。
Evaṃ mahāvibhaṅgaṃ saṅgahaṃ āropetvā bhikkhunīvibhaṅge aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Sattarasa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sattarasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyapācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Chasaṭṭhisatasikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ bhikkhunīvibhaṅgaṃ saṅgahaṃ āropetvā eteneva upāyena khandhakaparivārepi āropesuṃ. Evametaṃ saubhatovibhaṅgakhandhakaparivāraṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ saṅgahamārūḷhaṃ sabbaṃ mahākassapatthero pucchi, upālitthero vissajjesi. Pucchāvissajjanapariyosāne pañca arahantasatāni saṅgahaṃ āropitanayeneva gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vinayasaṅgahāvasāne upālitthero dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ nikkhipitvā dhammāsanā orohitvā vuḍḍhe bhikkhū vanditvā attano pattāsane nisīdi.
结集完律藏之后,具寿大迦叶想结集法藏,就问比丘们:“结集法的时候,应该以谁为核心来结集法?”比丘们回答说:“应该以阿难长老为核心。”
Vinayaṃ saṅgāyitvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyitukāmo āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘dhammaṃ saṅgāyantehi kaṃ puggalaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dhammo saṅgāyitabbo’’ti? Bhikkhū ‘‘ānandattheraṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti āhaṃsu.
这时,具寿大迦叶通知了僧团:
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
贤友们,请僧团听我说。如果僧团觉得时机合适,我想向阿难问法。
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti.
这时,具寿阿难向僧团宣布:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
尊者,请僧团听我说:如果僧团认为时机合适,我就回答大迦叶尊者所问的法。
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena dhammaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti.
那时,阿难尊者从座位上起身,把袈裟搭在一肩上,礼敬了上座比丘们,然后坐到法座上,拿起一把镶齿的扇子。接着,大迦叶尊者问阿难尊者法:“贤友阿难,《梵网经》是在哪里说的?”“尊者,是在王舍城和那烂陀之间的王室园地安婆罗园。”“是针对谁说的?”“是针对游方僧须卑和青年梵授。”“是因为什么事?”“是因为称赞和毁谤。”于是,大迦叶尊者问了阿难尊者《梵网经》的缘起、人物和事由。又问:“贤友阿难,《沙门果经》是在哪里说的?”“尊者,是在王舍城的耆婆芒果园。”“和谁一起?”“和阿阇世,韦提希的儿子一起。”于是,大迦叶尊者问了阿难尊者《沙门果经》的缘起和人物。用同样的方式,他问了五部。
Atha kho āyasmā ānando uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Atha mahākassapatthero ānandattheraṃ dhammaṃ pucchi – ‘‘brahmajālaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti? ‘‘Antarā ca, bhante, rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷandaṃ rājāgārake ambalaṭṭhikāya’’nti. ‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Suppiyañca paribbājakaṃ, brahmadattañca māṇava’’nti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Vaṇṇāvaṇṇe’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ brahmajālassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, vatthumpi pucchi. ‘‘Sāmaññaphalaṃ panāvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti? ‘Rājagahe, bhante, jīvakambavane’’ti. ‘‘Kena saddhi’’nti? ‘‘Ajātasattunā vedehiputtena saddhi’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sāmaññaphalassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi. Eteneva upāyena pañca nikāye pucchi.
所谓五部,就是:长部、中部、相应部、增支部、小部。其中,小部指的是除了前面四部以外剩下的所有佛语。在这当中,律藏由优波离尊者诵出,其余的小部和四部则由阿难尊者诵出。应当知道,这全部的佛语,按味来分只有一种,按法和律来分有两种,按初、中、后来分有三种;同样地,按藏来分有三种,按部来分有五种,按支来分有九种,按法蕴来分有八万四千种。
Pañcanikāyā nāma – dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo, aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti. Tattha khuddakanikāyo nāma – cattāro nikāye ṭhapetvā, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Tattha vinayo āyasmatā upālittherena vissajjito, sesakhuddakanikāyo cattāro ca nikāyā ānandattherena. Tadetaṃ sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ, paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ; tathā piṭakavasena, nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ, aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ, dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhanti veditabbaṃ.
怎么从“味”的角度说它只有一种呢?从世尊证得无上正等觉开始,直到入无余涅槃界般涅槃为止,在这中间的四十五年里,世尊为天、人、龙、夜叉等众生说法,或者自己审察时所说的这一切,全都是同一个味,也就是解脱味。这样,从“味”的角度来说,它只有一种。
Kathaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ? Yañhi bhagavatā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā yāva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassāni devamanussanāgayakkhādayo anusāsantena paccavekkhantena vā vuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ ekarasaṃ vimuttirasameva hoti. Evaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ.
怎么按法和律分成两种?这一切全都归入法和律的范畴。其中,律藏是律,其余的佛语是法。所以这样说:“贤友们,我们何不结集法和律呢?”又说:“我要向优波离问律,向阿难问法。”这样,就是按法和律分成两种。
Kathaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dhammo ceva vinayo cāti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tattha vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammo; tenevāha – ‘‘yaṃnūna mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyaṃ, ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti ca evaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ.
怎么按初时、中时、后时分成三种呢?其实这一切佛语都可分为三类:初时佛语、中时佛语、后时佛语。其中——
Kathaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, pacchimabuddhavacananti tippabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha –
我曾在无数次的生死轮回中不断流转,却始终找不到出路。
寻找造屋者的时候,我一次又一次地投生,每一次都是苦。
造屋者,我已经看见你了,你不会再造房子了。
你的椽子全都断了,屋顶也彻底毁了。
心已进入无造作的状态,已经到达渴爱的灭尽。
‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ; Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ. ‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi; Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ; Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153-154);
这就是佛陀的第一句话。
Idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ.
有些人说,《犍度》里的优陀那偈——“当诸法确实显现时”——是佛陀最初说的话。但应该知道,这首优陀那偈是他在成道那天,以喜悦智观察缘起时生起的。
Keci ‘‘yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā’’ti khandhake udānagāthaṃ āhu. Esā pana pāṭipadadivase sabbaññubhāvappattassa somanassamayañāṇena paccayākāraṃ paccavekkhantassa uppannā udānagāthāti veditabbā.
至于在般涅槃时所说的:“来吧,比丘们,我现在告诉你们:诸行都是会衰灭的法,你们要以不放逸来努力成就。”(《长部》2.218)这就是最后的佛语。
Yaṃ pana parinibbānakāle abhāsi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādethā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.218) idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ.
在这两者之间所说的,就是中佛语。这样按初、中、后来分,共有三种。
Ubhinnamantare yaṃ vuttaṃ etaṃ majjhimabuddhavacananti. Evaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ.
依藏分为三种,是怎么分的?其实这一切都归为律藏、经藏、论藏这三类。其中,第一次结集时,把已结集和未结集的一切都汇集在一起,也就是两部波罗提木叉、两分别、二十二犍度、十六附随,这叫做律藏。
Kathaṃ piṭakavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbampi hetaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakanti tippabhedameva hoti. Tattha paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgītañca asaṅgītañca sabbampi samodhānetvā ubhayāni pātimokkhāni, dve vibhaṅgāni, dvāvīsati khandhakāni, soḷasaparivārāti idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ nāma.
经藏包括:长部,由《梵网经》等三十四部经组成;中部,由《根本法门经》等一百五十二部经组成;相应部,由《渡流经》等七千七百六十二部经组成;增支部,由《心遍取经》等九千五百五十七部经组成;小部,按《小诵》《法句》《感慨》《如是语》《经集》《天宫故事》《鬼故事》《长老偈》《长老尼偈》《本生》《义释》《无碍解道》《譬喻》《佛种姓》《所行藏》分为十五种。这些合称为经藏。
Brahmajālādi catuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho dīghanikāyo, mūlapariyāyasuttādi diyaḍḍhasatadvesuttasaṅgaho majjhimanikāyo, oghataraṇasuttādi sattasuttasahassa sattasata dvāsaṭṭhisuttasaṅgaho saṃyuttanikāyo, cittapariyādānasuttādi navasuttasahassa pañcasata sattapaññāsasuttasaṅgaho aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakapāṭha-dhammapada-udāna-itivuttaka-suttanipāta-vimānavatthu-petavatthu-theragāthā-therīgāthā-jātakaniddesa-paṭisambhidā-apadāna-buddhavaṃsa-cariyāpiṭakavasena pannarasappabhedo khuddakanikāyoti idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ nāma.
《法集论》《分别论》《界论》《人施设论》《论事》《双论》《发趣论》,这些合起来叫论藏。其中:
Dhammasaṅgaho, vibhaṅgo, dhātukathā, puggalapaññatti, kathāvatthu, yamakaṃ, paṭṭhānanti idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāma. Tattha –
因为具有种种殊胜的理趣,并且能调伏身和语;
通达律义的人称它为“律”,因为它是律。
Vividhavisesanayattā , vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ; Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto.
在这里,确实有各种方法,比如五种诵出巴帝摩卡的方式、以波罗夷等七类罪聚为纲目的论母、经分别等种种分类;还有作为殊胜方法的、以加固或放宽为目的的随制方法。而且这律能调伏身和语,因为它遮止身语方面的恶行。所以,由于它方法多样、方法殊胜,又能调伏身语,就被称为“律”。因此,为了善巧理解这个词的含义,说了这段话:
Vividhā hi ettha pañcavidha pātimokkhuddesa pārājikādi sattaāpattikkhandhamātikā vibhaṅgādippabhedā nayā, visesabhūtā ca daḷhīkammasithilakaraṇappayojanā anupaññattinayā , kāyikavācasikaajjhācāranisedhanato cesa kāyaṃ vācañca vineti, tasmā vividhanayattā visesanayattā kāyavācānañca vinayanato ‘‘vinayo’’ti akkhāto. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
因为具有种种殊胜的理趣,并且能调伏身和语;
通达律义的人,把这部律称为“律”。
‘‘Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ; Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto’’ti.
至于另一者(经藏)——
Itaraṃ pana –
因为能指示意义、说得好、能让人听闻,又能流出。
它被称为“经”,既因为与线相似,也因为善守护。
Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato; Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhātaṃ.
它确实能指示自利、利他等各种不同的义理;而这里面的义理是善说的,因为它是随顺应受教化者的意乐而说的。它能流出义理,就像谷物生出果实一样,这就是“流”的意思。它能像母牛流出乳汁那样流出义理,也就是涓涓流淌的意思。它又能好好地守护那些人,也就是保护的意思。它还与线相似:正如木匠以墨线为标准,对智者来说,这部经也是如此;又像用线串起来的花朵不会散落、不会毁坏,这部经所统摄的义理也是如此。因此,为了善巧通达它的词义,才这样说:
Tañhi attatthaparatthādibhede atthe sūceti, suvuttā cettha atthā veneyyajjhāsayānulomena vuttattā. Savati cetaṃ atthe sassamiva phalaṃ pasavatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sūdati cetaṃ dhenuviya khīraṃ, paggharatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suṭṭhu ca ne tāyati rakkhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suttasabhāgañcetaṃ, yathā hi tacchakānaṃ suttaṃ pamāṇaṃ hoti; evametampi viññūnaṃ. Yathā ca suttena saṅgahitāni pupphāni na vikiriyanti na viddhaṃsiyanti; evametena saṅgahitā atthā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
因为能指示种种义理,因为说得善巧,因为能流出义理,因为能流出义理;
它既能守护,又与线相似,所以被称为“经”。
‘‘Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato; Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhāta’’nti.
在这里,那些有增长的诸法,具有自相、受到尊敬、被限定;
还有殊胜的诸法,因此阿毗达摩被他宣说了。
Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā; Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto.
这个“abhi”前缀,出现在表示增长、相、尊敬、限定、殊胜等含义的场合。比如在“贤友,我剧烈的苦受在增长,没有减退”这类话里(中部3.389;相应部5.195),它是“增长”的意思。在“那些被标明、被标记的夜晚”这类话里(中部1.49),是“相”的意思。在“王、大王、人主”这类话里(中部2.399;经集558),是“尊敬”的意思。在“有能力在对阿毗达摩、对阿毗律中调伏”这类话里(大品85),是“限定”的意思,也就是说,法与律互不混杂。在“以殊胜的容貌”这类话里(天宫事75),是“殊胜”的意思。
Ayañhi abhisaddo vuḍḍhilakkhaṇapūjitaparicchinnādhikesu dissati. Tathāhesa – ‘‘bāḷhā me āvuso dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.389; saṃ. ni. 5.195) vuḍḍhiyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā abhilakkhitā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.49) lakkhaṇe. ‘‘Rājābhirājā manujindo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 558) pūjite. ‘‘Paṭibalo vinetuṃ abhidhamme abhivinaye’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 85) paricchinne. Aññamaññasaṅkaravirahite dhamme ca vinaye cāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇenā’’tiādīsu (vi. va. 75) adhike.
在这里,还要知道:依照“为了投生色界而修习道,以与慈俱行的心遍满一方而安住”等(《法集论》160等)这种方式,也说了具有增长性质的法。依照“以色为所缘,或以声为所缘”等这种方式,因为可以依所缘等来标识,所以也是有自相的法。依照“有学法、无学法、出世间法”等这种方式,也说了值得尊敬的法,意思是应当受到供养礼敬。依照“有触、有受”等这种方式,因为以自性而限定,所以也是有限定的法。依照“广大法、无量法、无上法”等这种方式,也说了更为殊胜的法。因此,为了善巧通达这个词的含义,说了下面这句:
Ettha ca ‘‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti, mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 160 ādayo) nayena vuḍḍhimantopi dhammā vuttā. ‘‘Rūpārammaṇaṃ vā saddārammaṇaṃ vā’’tiādinā nayena ārammaṇādīhi lakkhaṇīyattā salakkhaṇāpi. ‘‘Sekkhā dhammā, asekkhā dhammā, lokuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā nayena pūjitāpi pūjārahāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Phasso hoti vedanā hotī’’tiādinā nayena sabhāvaparicchinnattā paricchinnāpi. ‘‘Mahaggatā dhammā, appamāṇā dhammā, anuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā nayena adhikāpi dhammā vuttā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
在这里,那些有增长性的、有自相的、受人供养的、被限定的法,
殊胜的法已经宣说,阿毗达摩因此得名。
‘‘Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā; Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto’’ti.
至于这里共通的,那就是:
Yaṃ panettha avisiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ –
通达“藏”义的人,从教法本身和容受教法的载体这两个层面,把它称为“藏”。
与那(“藏”字)相结合之后,这三者——律等——就应当知道。
Piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu; Tena samodhānetvā, tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
确实,在“不要以精通三藏为标准”这类说法里,圣典被称为“藏”。而在“那时,有个男子拿着锄头和篮子走过来”这类说法里,任何容器也都叫“藏”。所以,通达“藏”之含义的人,依据圣典和容器这两层含义,把它称为“藏”。
Pariyattipi hi ‘‘mā piṭakasampadānenā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) piṭakanti vuccati. ‘‘Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṃ ādāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.228; a. ni. 3.70) yaṃ kiñci bhājanampi. Tasmā piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu.
现在,把这三者(律等)结合起来理解。也就是用这个具有两种含义的“藏”字,跟它们分别组成复合词:律本身就是它,又因为是圣典、是各种含义的容器,所以叫律藏;按照上面说的同样方式,经本身就是它,又是藏,所以叫经藏;阿毗达摩本身就是它,又是藏,所以叫阿毗达摩藏。这样,就应该知道律等这三者。
Idāni tena samodhānetvā tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyāti. Tena evaṃ duvidhatthena piṭakasaddena saha samāsaṃ katvā vinayo ca so piṭakañca pariyattibhāvato tassa tassa atthassa bhājanato cāti vinayapiṭakaṃ, yathāvutteneva nayena suttantañca taṃ piṭakañcāti suttantapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammo ca so piṭakañcāti abhidhammapiṭakanti evamete tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
这样了解之后,再进一步,为了在那些藏本身当中获得种种善巧。
Evaṃ ñatvā ca punapi tesveva piṭakesu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ –
说法、教诫、开示的区分,应按各自适宜的方式在诸藏中说明;
也要阐明“学”、“断”与深奥性。
无论在哪里,圣典的差别、圆满与衰败;
比丘怎样达到,那一切也都应当辨别清楚。
Desanāsāsanakathā, bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ; Sikkhāpahānagambhīra, bhāvañca paridīpaye. Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ; Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye.
在这里,它的阐明和显示是这样的:这三藏依次被称为教令说、惯用语说、胜义说;也被称为随犯、随顺、随法的教诫;还被称为防护与不防护、见解的解开、名色的分别之说。
Tatrāyaṃ paridīpanā vibhāvanā ca, etāni hi tīṇi piṭakāni yathākkamaṃ āṇā vohāra paramatthadesanā yathāparādha-yathānuloma-yathādhammasāsanāni, saṃvarāsaṃvaradiṭṭhiviniveṭhanāmarūpaparicchedakathāti ca vuccanti.
在这里,律藏因为是具有权威的世尊以教令为主而宣说的,所以称为教令说;经藏因为是善巧于世俗表达的世尊以世俗表达为主而宣说的,所以称为世俗表达说;阿毗达摩藏因为是善巧于究竟义的世尊以究竟义为主而宣说的,所以称为究竟义说。
Ettha hi vinayapiṭakaṃ āṇārahena bhagavatā āṇābāhullato desitattā āṇādesanā, suttantapiṭakaṃ vohārakusalena bhagavatā vohārabāhullato desitattā vohāradesanā, abhidhammapiṭakaṃ paramatthakusalena bhagavatā paramatthabāhullato desitattā paramatthadesanāti vuccati.
同样地,第一,那些犯下种种过失的众生,在这里按照各自所犯的过失而受到教诫,所以称为随犯教诫;第二,有着种种意乐、随眠、行为和胜解的众生,在这里随顺各自的情况而受到教诫,所以称为随顺教诫;第三,那些只把诸法积聚执取为“我”和“我所”的众生,在这里按照法的实相而受到教诫,所以称为随法教诫。
Tathā paṭhamaṃ ye te pacurāparādhā sattā te yathāparādhaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathāparādhasāsanaṃ, dutiyaṃ anekajjhāsayānusayacariyādhimuttikā sattā yathānulomaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathānulomasāsanaṃ, tatiyaṃ dhammapuñjamatte ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti saññino sattā yathādhammaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathādhammasāsananti vuccati.
同样地,第一,这里讲的是与违犯相对治的律仪和非律仪,所以称为律仪非律仪论;第二,这里讲的是对治六十二见的见解缠结,所以称为见解缠结论;第三,这里讲的是对治贪等的名色分别,所以称为名色分别论。
Tathā paṭhamaṃ ajjhācārapaṭipakkhabhūto saṃvarāsaṃvaro ettha kathitoti saṃvarāsaṃvarakathā, dutiyaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhipaṭipakkhabhūtā diṭṭhiviniveṭhanā ettha kathitāti diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathā, tatiyaṃ rāgādipaṭipakkhabhūto nāmarūpaparicchedo ettha kathitoti nāmarūpaparicchedakathāti vuccati.
在这三藏里,也应当知道有三学、三种断除,以及四种甚深。也就是说:律藏中特别说明了增上戒学,经藏中特别说明了增上心学,阿毗达摩藏中特别说明了增上慧学。
Tīsupi ca cetesu tisso sikkhā, tīṇi pahānāni, catubbidho ca gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo . Tathā hi – vinayapiṭake visesena adhisīlasikkhā vuttā, suttantapiṭake adhicittasikkhā, abhidhammapiṭake adhipaññāsikkhā.
在律藏里,断除的是烦恼的违犯,因为戒是违犯的对治。在经藏里,断除的是烦恼的缠缚,因为定是缠缚的对治。在阿毗达摩藏里,断除的是烦恼的随眠,因为慧是随眠的对治。
Vinayapiṭake ca vītikkamappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ, vītikkamapaṭipakkhattā sīlassa. Suttantapiṭake pariyuṭṭhānappahānaṃ, pariyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkhattā samādhissa. Abhidhammapiṭake anusayappahānaṃ anusayapaṭipakkhattā paññāya.
在第一藏里,是烦恼的“彼分断”;在其余两藏里,则是“镇伏断”和“正断断”。在第一藏里,是断除恶行杂染;在其余两藏里,则是断除渴爱和邪见这两种杂染。
Paṭhame ca tadaṅgappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ, itaresu vikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni. Paṭhame ca duccaritasaṃkilesassa pahānaṃ, itaresu taṇhādiṭṭhisaṃkilesānaṃ.
在这里,对每一藏都应该知道,法、义、开示、证悟这四种都有甚深的性质。其中,法是巴利圣典;义就是那圣典本身的含义;开示就是从那圣典中用心确定下来的宣说;证悟就是对圣典和圣典含义的如实了知。在这三藏当中,这些法、义、开示、证悟,就像大海对于兔子、马之类一样,对智慧迟钝的人来说难以进入,也找不到立足处,所以是甚深的。这样,在这里的每一藏中,都应该知道这四种甚深的性质。
Ekamekasmiñcettha catubbidhopi dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha dhammoti pāḷi. Atthoti tassāyevattho. Desanāti tassā manasāvavatthāpitāya pāḷiyā desanā. Paṭivedhoti pāḷiyā pāḷiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Tīsupi cetesu ete dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhā yasmā sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Evaṃ ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
另一种理解方式:所谓“法”,指的是因。因为这样说:“对因的智,就是法辨析。”所谓“义”,指的是因所生的果。因为这样说:“对因与果的智,就是义辨析。”所谓“开示”,指的是施设,意思就是随顺法而称说法。所谓“证悟”,指的是现观;这种现观有世间和出世间两种,从所缘对象和不错乱这两个角度来看,就是随顺义而通达法,随顺法而通达义,随顺施设的路径而通达施设。
Aparo nayo – dhammoti hetu. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti. Atthoti hetuphalaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti. Desanāti paññatti, yathādhammaṃ dhammābhilāpoti adhippāyo. Paṭivedhoti abhisamayo, so ca lokiyalokuttaro visayato asammohato ca atthānurūpaṃ dhammesu, dhammānurūpaṃ atthesu, paññattipathānurūpaṃ paññattīsu avabodho.
现在,因为在这些藏当中,无论哪一类法或哪一类义,以及为了让听者的智慧现前而应当被了知的那个义,随着它各自的情况,就有阐明那个义的开示;还有这里称为无颠倒通达的证悟——这一切,对于没有积累善资粮、智慧低劣的众生来说,就像大海对于兔马一样,难以进入,找不到立足处,所以是甚深的。因此,在这里的每一藏中,也应当知道同样有这四种甚深性。
Idāni yasmā etesu piṭakesu yaṃ yaṃ dhammajātaṃ vā atthajātaṃ vā, yā cāyaṃ yathā yathā ñāpetabbo attho sotūnaṃ ñāṇassa abhimukho hoti, tathā tathā tadatthajotikā desanā, yo cettha aviparītāvabodhasaṅkhāto paṭivedho sabbametaṃ anupacitakusalasambhārehi duppaññehi sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo dukkhogāhaṃ alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhañca, tasmā gambhīraṃ. Evampi ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
开示、教说与论议,以及在其中随宜分别。
也应阐明“学”与“断”的甚深性。
‘‘Desanā-sāsanakathā , bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ; Sikkhāpahānagambhīrabhāvañca paridīpaye’’ti.
这首偈颂就是所说的意义。
Ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
无论在哪里,圣典的兴盛与衰败。
比丘如何证得,他阐明这一切。
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ; Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti.
在这里,对于三藏,应当看到教法有三种分类。确实有三种教法:蛇喻教法、出离义教法、库藏教法。
Ettha pana tīsu piṭakesu tividho pariyattibhedo daṭṭhabbo. Tisso hi pariyattiyo – alagaddūpamā, nissaraṇatthā, bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
在这里,如果学法是为了挑毛病等目的而错误地掌握,这就是蛇喻。针对这种情况,世尊这样说:诸比丘,就像有人需要蛇、寻找蛇,到处找蛇,看见一条大蛇,却抓它的肚子或尾巴。那蛇回过头来,咬他的手、手臂或其他某个肢体。他因此可能死去,或遭受接近死亡的痛苦。这是什么原因呢?诸比丘,因为抓蛇的方式错了。同样地,诸比丘,这里有些愚人学法——经……中略……方广。他们学了法之后,不用智慧去审察那些法的义理。他们不用智慧审察那些法的义理,就不能获得明解。他们学法是为了挑毛病,也是为了在论诤中取胜。他们学法本想得到的义利,却体会不到。他们错误掌握的那些法,长久地带来不利和痛苦。这是什么原因呢?诸比丘,因为对法的掌握方式错了。
Tattha yā duggahitā upārambhādihetu pariyāpuṭā, ayaṃ alagaddūpamā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno, so passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ. Tamenaṃ bhoge vā naṅguṭṭhe vā gaṇheyya. Tassa so alagaddo paṭiparivattitvā hatthe vā bāhāya vā aññatarasmiṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅge ḍaṃseyya. So tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya, maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti suttaṃ…pe… vedallaṃ. Te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. Tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Te upārambhānisaṃsā ceva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca. Yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti. Tesaṃ te dhammā duggahitā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.238).
如果一个人是为了圆满戒蕴等而学习,并且学得善巧,不是为了挑剔责难等目的,这就是出离义。针对这一点,世尊这样说:他们所善巧掌握的法,能长久带来利益和安乐。这是什么原因呢?比丘们,是因为法被善巧掌握了。
Yā pana suggahitā sīlakkhandhādipāripūriṃyeva ākaṅkhamānena pariyāpuṭā na upārambhādi hetu, ayaṃ nissaraṇatthā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.239).
然而,如果一位已经遍知诸蕴、断尽烦恼、修习圆满道、证得不动的涅槃、现证灭尽、漏已尽的圣者,仅仅是为了护持传统、守护法脉而学习,这就叫作掌管经典宝藏者。
Yaṃ pana pariññātakkhandho pahīnakileso bhāvitamaggo paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho khīṇāsavo kevalaṃ paveṇīpālanatthāya vaṃsānurakkhaṇatthāya pariyāpuṇāti, ayaṃ bhaṇḍāgārikapaayattīti.
在律藏方面,善于修行的比丘依靠戒的成就,证得三明,因为在这里就是针对这三明而作分别开示的。在经藏方面,善于修行的人依靠定的成就,证得六神通,因为在这里就是针对这六神通而作分别开示的。在论藏方面,善于修行的人依靠慧的成就,证得四无碍解,因为就在这里就是针对这四无碍解而作分别开示的。这样,在这些当中善于修行的人,依次证得这三明、六神通、四无碍解各有差别的成就。
Vinaye pana suppaṭipanno bhikkhu sīlasampattiṃ nissāya tisso vijjā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Sutte suppaṭipanno samādhisampadaṃ nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Abhidhamme suppaṭipanno paññāsampadaṃ nissāya catasso paṭisambhidā pāpuṇāti, tāsañca tattheva pabhedavacanato. Evametesu suppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ vijjāttayachaḷabhiññācatupaṭisambhidābhedaṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇāti.
在律藏方面,一个修行出错的人,因为被允许的快乐触受、床褥、衣服等接触在触感上没什么差别,就对那些被禁止的执取触等事物产生“这没什么过错”的想法。这也是有依据的——他曾这样说:“我这样理解世尊所宣说的法:像世尊所说的那些障碍法,去受用它们并不足以构成障碍。”由此他就落到了破戒的地步。在经藏方面,一个修行出错的人,不理解“比丘们,世间存在这四种人”这类经文的意趣,就抓错了意思。针对这种情况,经文说:“因为自己抓错了,他既诽谤了我们,又伤害了自己,还生出大量恶业。”由此他就落到了邪见的地步。在论藏方面,一个修行出错的人,在思考法义时跑得太远,甚至去思考那些不该思考的东西,由此就落到了心智失常的地步。这也是有依据的——经文说:“比丘们,有四种不该思考、不可思考的东西,去思考它们的人,就会陷入疯狂和混乱。”就这样,在这些方面修行出错的人,依次落到破戒、邪见、心智失常这些不同程度的败坏境地。
Vinaye pana duppaṭipanno anuññātasukhasamphassaattharaṇapāvuraṇādiphassasāmaññato paṭikkhittesu upādinnaphassādīsu anavajjasaññī hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.234) tato dussīlabhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sutte duppaṭipanno ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.5) adhippāyaṃ ajānanto duggahitaṃ gaṇhāti. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khanati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.236) tato micchādiṭṭhitaṃ pāpuṇāti. Abhidhamme duppaṭipanno dhammacintaṃ atidhāvanto acinteyyānipi cinteti, tato cittakkhepaṃ pāpuṇāti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, acinteyyāni na cintetabbāni, yāni cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti (a. ni. 4.77). Evametesu duppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ dussīlabhāvamicchādiṭṭhitā cittakkhepabhedaṃ vipattiṃ pāpuṇātīti.
教法的差别、兴盛与衰败,无论在何处、在谁身上,
比丘如何证得,他阐明这一切。
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ; Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti.
这首偈颂也是在说明前面所说的含义。像这样,从各种不同角度了解了三藏之后,依据它们,就应该知道佛语分为三种。
Ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti. Evaṃ nānappakārato piṭakāni ñatvā tesaṃ vasenetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ tividhanti ñātabbaṃ.
怎么按部类分成五种呢?这一切佛语整体上就分为长部、中部、相应部、增支部、小部这五种。其中,什么是长部?由三个品所收摄的《梵网经》等三十四部经。
Kathaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo, aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti pañcappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha katamo dīghanikāyo? Tivaggasaṅgahāni brahmajālādīni catuttiṃsa suttāni.
长部由三品所摄,共有三十四部经。
这就是长部,第一部随顺经。
Catuttiṃseva suttantā, tivaggo yassa saṅgaho; Esa dīghanikāyoti, paṭhamo anulomiko.
为什么这部经被称为长部呢?因为它是长篇经典的汇集和住处,汇集与住处就称为部。就像经文里说的:“诸比丘,我看不到还有其他任何一类众生,其心如此(多样),就像诸比丘所说的畜生道众生那样:粪虫部、污泥部。”这类经文在教法和世间两方面都能证明这个意思。其余诸部的“部”这个含义,也应当这样依词义来理解。
Kasmā panesa dīghanikāyoti vuccati? Dīghappamāṇānaṃ suttānaṃ samūhato nivāsato ca, samūhanivāsā hi nikāyoti vuccanti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi evaṃ cittaṃ; yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā; poṇikanikāyo, cikkhallikanikāyo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.100) evamādīni cettha sādhakāni sāsanato ca lokato ca. Evaṃ sesānampi nikāyabhāve vacanattho veditabbo.
什么是中部?就是篇幅中等的经,收在十五个品里,从《根本法门经》等开始,一共一百五十二部经。
Katamo majjhimanikāyo? Majjhimappamāṇāni pañcadasavaggasaṅgahāni mūlapariyāyasuttādīni diyaḍḍhasataṃ dve ca suttāni.
一百五十部经,其中还有两部经;
中部由十五品所统摄。
Diyaḍḍhasataṃ suttantā, dve ca suttāni yattha so; Nikāyo majjhimo pañca-dasavaggapariggaho.
什么是相应部?它是按“天相应”等来编排的,从《渡暴流经》等开始,共有七千七百六十二部经。
Katamo saṃyuttanikāyo? Devatāsaṃyuttādivasena ṭhitāni oghataraṇādīni satta suttasahassāni satta ca suttasatāni dvāsaṭṭhi ca suttāni.
七千部经,还有七百部经;
六十二部经,这就是相应部的结集。
Satta suttasahassāni, satta suttasatāni ca; Dvāsaṭṭhi ceva suttantā, eso saṃyuttasaṅgaho.
什么是增支部?按照每一支递增的方式编排,包括心遍取等,共有九千五百五十七部经。
Katamo aṅguttaranikāyo? Ekekaaṅgātirekavasena ṭhitāni cittapariyādānādīni nava suttasahassāni pañca suttasatāni sattapaññāsañca suttāni.
九千部经,还有五百部经;
增支部的经数就是五十七部经。
Nava suttasahassāni, pañca suttasatāni ca; Sattapaññāsa suttāni, saṅkhyā aṅguttare ayaṃ.
什么是小部?就是全部的律藏、论藏,以及小诵等前面已经列出的十五种,也就是除了四部之外剩下的所有佛语。
Katamo khuddakanikāyo? Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ khuddakapāṭhādayo ca pubbe nidassitā pannarasabhedā ṭhapetvā cattāro nikāye avasesaṃ buddhavacananti.
除了这四部——长部等,
其余的佛语,便称为小部。
Ṭhapetvā caturopete, nikāye dīghaādike; Tadaññaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, nikāyo khuddako matoti.
这样,按部类来分就是五种。
Evaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ.
怎样按支分分成九种呢?这整部佛语,确实分为经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、方广这九类。其中,两部分别、论母、犍度、附随,以及《经集》里的《吉祥经》《宝经》《那罗迦经》《迅速经》,还有其他以“经”命名的如来教言,都应当知道是“经”。一切带有偈颂的经,都应当知道是“应颂”。特别是《相应部》中整部《有偈品》、全部《阿毗达摩藏》、没有偈颂的经,以及其余不被前八类所收的佛语,都应当知道是“记说”。《法句经》《长老偈》《长老尼偈》,还有《经集》中不以经命名、纯粹是偈颂的部分,都应当知道是“偈颂”。与由喜悦和智慧所成的偈颂相应的八十二部经,应当知道是“自说”。以“这是世尊所说”等格式展开的一百一十部经,应当知道是“如是语”。《无猜本生》等五百五十则本生故事,应当知道是“本生”。以“诸比丘,阿难有四种稀有、未曾有法”等格式展开的、一切与稀有未曾有法相应的经,都应当知道是“未曾有法”。《小方广》《大方广》《正见》《帝释问》《行分别》《大满月经》等,一切通过反复问答而获得智慧和喜悦的经,都应当知道是“方广”。这样就是按支分分成九种。
Kathaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallanti navappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ubhatovibhaṅganiddesakhandhakaparivārā suttanipāte maṅgalasutta-ratanasutta-nālakasutta-tuvaṭṭakasuttāni aññampi ca suttanāmakaṃ tathāgatavacanaṃ suttanti veditabbaṃ. Sabbampi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyanti veditabbaṃ. Visesena saṃyuttake sakalopi sagāthāvaggo, sakalaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ, yañca aññampi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi asaṅgahitaṃ buddhavacanaṃ taṃ veyyākaraṇanti veditabbaṃ. Dhammapadaṃ, theragāthā, therīgāthā, suttanipāte nosuttanāmikā suddhikagāthā ca gāthāti veditabbā. Somanassañāṇamayikagāthāpaṭisaṃyuttā dvāsīti suttantā udānanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā’’tiādinayappavattā dasuttarasatasuttantā itivuttakanti veditabbaṃ. Apaṇṇakajātakādīni paññāsādhikāni pañca jātakasatāni jātakanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti (dī. ni. 2.209) -ādinayappavattā sabbepi acchariyaabbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttā suttantā abbhutadhammanti veditabbaṃ. Cūḷavedalla-mahāvedalla-sammādiṭṭhi-sakkapañha-saṅkhārabhājaniya-mahāpuṇṇamasuttādayo sabbepi vedañca tuṭṭhiñca laddhā laddhā pucchitasuttantā vedallanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ.
如何按法蕴来分成八万四千种呢?这全部的一切佛语——
Kathaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ –
我从佛陀那里受了八万二千法蕴,从比丘们那里受了二千法蕴;
八万四千法蕴,都是从我这里运转起来的。
‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto; Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino’’ti. (theragā. 1027);
这样,按所阐明的法蕴来算,就有八万四千种。其中,一段连续说下来的经是一个法蕴;如果一部经有多个连续段落,就按连续段落的数目来计算法蕴。在偈颂体的经文中,提问是一个法蕴,回答是一个法蕴。在阿毗达摩中,每一组三集分别、二集分别,以及每一心路分别,各是一个法蕴。在律中,有事、有论母、有句分别、有中间罪、有罪、有无犯、有判定;其中每一部分,都应知道是一个法蕴。这样,按法蕴来算就有八万四千种。
Evaṃ paridīpitadhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ eko dhammakkhandho. Yaṃ anekānusandhikaṃ tattha anusandhivasena dhammakkhandhagaṇanā. Gāthābandhesu pañhāpucchanaṃ eko dhammakkhandho, vissajjanaṃ eko. Abhidhamme ekamekaṃ tika-duka-bhājanaṃ, ekamekañca cittavārabhājanaṃ, eko dhammakkhandho. Vinaye atthi vatthu, atthi mātikā, atthi padabhājanīyaṃ, atthi antarāpatti, atthi āpatti, atthi anāpatti, atthi paricchedo; tattha ekameko koṭṭhāso, ekameko dhammakkhandhoti veditabbo. Evaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ.
就这样,这部佛语从无差别的角度来看,在味上是一类的;从有差别的角度来看,则按法与律等标准分为两类等等。以大迦叶为首、具足神通的圣众在结集佛语时,先确定了这样的分类:“这是法,这是律;这是最初的佛语,这是中期的佛语,这是最后的佛语;这是律藏,这是经藏,这是论藏;这是长部……这是小部;这些是经等九分教,这些是八万四千法蕴。”然后才进行结集。不仅如此,他们还确定了三藏中可见的许多其他分类方式,比如按摄颂归类、按品归类、按结说归类,按一集、二集等集归类,按相应归类、按五十篇归类等等,用了七个月才完成结集。结集结束时,大地以水为边界,发生了种种震动、大震动、遍震动、大遍动,并显现出许多稀有之事,仿佛在随喜赞叹:“这确实是大迦叶长老所为,使十力世尊的教法能够延续五千年。”这就是名为第一次结集的经过。世间有偈颂说:
Evametaṃ abhedato rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, bhedato dhammavinayādivasena duvidhādibhedaṃ buddhavacanaṃ saṅgāyantena mahākassapappamukhena vasīgaṇena ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo; idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ; idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ; ayaṃ dīghanikāyo…pe… ayaṃ khuddakanikāyo; imāni suttādīni navaṅgāni, imāni caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti imaṃ pabhedaṃ vavatthapetvāva saṅgītaṃ. Na kevalañca ettakameva, aññampi uddānasaṅgaha-vaggasaṅgahapeyyālasaṅgaha-ekakanipāta-dukanipātādinipātasaṅgaha-saṃyuttasaṅgaha-paṇṇāsasaṅgahādianekavidhaṃ tīsu piṭakesu sandissamānaṃ saṅgahappabhedaṃ vavatthapetvāeva sattahi māsehi saṅgītaṃ. Saṅgītipariyosāne cassa – ‘‘idaṃ mahākassapattherena dasabalassa sāsanaṃ pañcavassasahassaparimāṇaṃ kālaṃ pavattanasamatthaṃ kata’’nti sañjātappamodā sādhukāraṃ viya dadamānā ayaṃ mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā anekappakāraṃ kampi saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, anekāni ca acchariyāni pāturahesunti ayaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgītināma. Yā loke –
由五百人所作,所以称为“五百”。
因为是由长老们所作的,所以就叫作“长老结集”。
Satehi pañcahi katā, tena pañcasatāti ca; Thereheva katattā ca, therikāti pavuccatīti.
在第一结集进行时,大迦叶尊者为了询问律藏,问优波离尊者:“贤友优波离,第一条波罗夷是在哪里制定的?”像这样问完以后,又说:“他问了事缘,问了因缘,问了人物。”在这里,当问到因缘时,优波离长老想从那因缘的开头详细说明:是由谁制定的、因为什么而制定的,这一切都要讲出来,于是说:“那时,世尊住在毗兰若……”这一切都应该说。应当知道,这是优波离长老所说的,而且是在第一结集时所说的。到这里,“这话是谁说的、什么时候说的”这些词的含义就说明清楚了。
Imissā pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyā pavattamānāya vinayaṃ pucchantena āyasmatā mahākassapena ‘‘paṭhamaṃ, āvuso upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti evamādivacanapariyosāne ‘‘vatthumpi pucchi, nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchī’’ti ettha nidāne pucchite taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretvā yena ca paññattaṃ, yasmā ca paññattaṃ, sabbametaṃ kathetukāmena āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti sabbaṃ vattabbaṃ. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ, tañca pana ‘‘paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vutta’’nti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca ‘‘idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ, kadā vutta’’nti etesaṃ padānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.
现在有人问:为什么这里要这样说呢?对此可以这样回答:因为大迦叶长老问了因缘,所以优波离长老为了从一开始就详细说明那个因缘,才这样说的。应当知道,优波离长老在第一次结集时这样讲,也是出于这个原因。到这里,“由谁、何时、为何”这些论母词句的含义就已经讲清楚了。
Idāni kasmā vuttanti ettha vuccate, yasmā ayamāyasmatā mahākassapattherena nidānaṃ puṭṭho tasmānena taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretuṃ vuttanti. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā upālittherena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vadantenāpi iminā kāraṇena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmāti imesaṃ mātikāpadānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.
现在,为了说明这些词句的含义——也就是“由谁持守、由谁传来、在何处确立”——在讲了“制定”及其方式之后,接着这样说:这部以“那时,世尊住在韦然贾”等语句庄严序分的律藏,是由谁持守、由谁传来、在何处确立的呢?回答说:最初,这部律藏是尊者优波离在世尊面前持守的;在世尊尚未般涅槃时,从尊者优波离面前,由具足六神通等种种功德、数以千计的比丘众持守下来;世尊般涅槃后,则由以大迦叶尊者为首、结集法藏的长老比丘们持守。由谁传来呢?在赡部洲,最初以优波离长老为首,通过师徒相承,一直传到第三次结集。其师徒相承如下——
Idāni dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ, yatthappatiṭṭhitaṃ cetametaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tatoti etesaṃ atthappakāsanatthaṃ idaṃ vuccati. Taṃ panetaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti evamādivacanapaṭimaṇḍitanidānaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kena dhāritaṃ, kenābhataṃ, kattha patiṭṭhitanti? Vuccate – ādito tāva idaṃ bhagavato sammukhā āyasmatā upālittherena dhāritaṃ, tassa sammukhato aparinibbute tathāgate chaḷabhiññādibhedehi anekehi bhikkhusahassehi parinibbute tathāgate mahākassapappamukhehi dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi. Kenābhatanti? Jambudīpe tāva upālittheramādiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhataṃ. Tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā –
优波离、达萨卡,还有索那迦和悉伽婆;
目犍连子帝须,这五位是战胜魔的人。
通过代代相传,把律藏传到名为瞻部光胜的岛上;
直到第三次结集,使律藏传承不中断。
Upāli dāsako ceva, soṇako siggavo tathā; Tisso moggaliputto ca, pañcete vijitāvino. Paramparāya vinayaṃ, dīpe jambusirivhaye; Acchijjamānamānesuṃ, tatiyo yāva saṅgaho.
具寿优波离确实在世尊面前领受了这律的传承、律的体系和律的传统,
Āyasmā hi upāli imaṃ vinayavaṃsaṃ vinayatantiṃ vinayapaveṇiṃ bhagavato
他在优波离长老面前当面学得后,把它安立在众多比丘的心中。在具寿优波离面前学得律的传承、并在律上达到精通的人当中,凡夫、入流者、一来者、不来者多得数不过来,漏尽者则有一千位。达萨卡长老也是优波离长老的共住弟子,他在优波离长老面前当面学得后,也同样诵出了律。在具寿达萨卡面前学得、并在律上达到精通的人当中,凡夫等同样多得数不过来,漏尽者也正好有一千位。索那迦长老又是达萨卡长老的共住弟子,他也在自己的戒师达萨卡长老面前学得后,同样诵出了律。在具寿索那迦面前学得、并在律上达到精通的人当中,凡夫等同样多得数不过来,漏尽者也正好有一千位。悉伽婆长老又是索那迦长老的共住弟子,他也在自己的戒师索那迦长老面前学得律后,成为那一千位阿拉汉中的上首。而在具寿悉伽婆面前学得、并在律上达到精通的人,无论是凡夫、入流者、一来者、不来者,还是漏尽者,都已经多到无法用几百或几千来计算。据说,那时整个瞻部洲的比丘僧众极其庞大。至于目犍连子帝须长老的威德,则将在第三次结集时彰显出来。应当知道,这部律藏就是这样在瞻部洲通过这一代代师徒相承,一直传续到第三次结集。
Sammukhā uggahetvā bahūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ hadaye patiṭṭhāpesi. Tassa hāyasmato santike vinayavaṃsaṃ uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattesu puggalesu puthujjana-sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmino gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassamekaṃ ahosi. Dāsakattheropi tasseva saddhivihāriko ahosi, so upālittherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tatheva vinayaṃ vācesi. Tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassameva ahosi. Soṇakattheropi dāsakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi, sopi attano upajjhāyassa dāsakattherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tatheva vinayaṃ vācesi. Tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassameva ahosi. Siggavattheropi soṇakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi, sopi attano upajjhāyassa soṇakattherassa santike vinayaṃ uggahetvā arahantasahassassa dhuraggāho ahosi. Tassa panāyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjana-sotāpannasakadāgāmi-anāgāminopi khīṇāsavāpi ettakāni satānīti vā ettakāni sahassānīti vā aparicchinnā ahesuṃ. Tadā kira jambudīpe atimahābhikkhusamudāyo ahosi. Moggaliputtatissattherassa pana ānubhāvo tatiyasaṅgītiyaṃ pākaṭo bhavissati. Evamidaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ jambudīpe tāva imāya ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhatanti veditabbaṃ.
第二次结集的故事
Dutiyasaṅgītikathā
不过,为了了解第二次结集,应当知道下面这个次第。当那时——
Dutiyasaṅgītivijānanatthaṃ pana ayamanukkamo veditabbo. Yadā hi –
结集了正法,并让它在一切处闪耀光辉;
他们活到寿命的尽头,这五百位(长老)也一直住立。
那些已尽诸漏、拥有光辉的长老们,以迦叶等人为首;
就像灯油烧尽的灯一样,他们无有执著,彻底熄灭了。
Saṅgāyitvāna saddhammaṃ, jotayitvā ca sabbadhi; Yāva jīvitapariyantaṃ, ṭhatvā pañcasatāpi te. Khīṇāsavā jutīmanto, therā kassapaādayo; Khīṇasnehapadīpāva, nibbāyiṃsu anālayā.
就这样,随着日夜流逝,在世尊般涅槃一百年的时候,毗舍离的跋耆子比丘们在毗舍离提出十件事:角盐净可以、二指净可以、村内净可以、住处净可以、同意净可以、习惯净可以、不搅净可以、喝阇楼伽可以、无边缘坐具可以、金银可以。苏苏那伽之子,名叫黑阿育的国王,成了他们的支持者。
Athānukkamena gacchantesu rattindivesu vassasataparinibbute bhagavati vesālikā vajjiputtakā bhikkhū vesāliyaṃ ‘‘kappati siṅgīloṇakappo, kappati dvaṅgulakappo, kappati gāmantarakappo, kappati āvāsakappo, kappati anumatikappo, kappati āciṇṇakappo, kappati amathitakappo, kappati jaḷogiṃ pātuṃ, kappati adasakaṃ nisīdanaṃ, kappati jātarūparajata’’nti imāni dasa vatthūni dīpesuṃ. Tesaṃ susunāgaputto kāḷāsoko nāma rājā pakkho ahosi.
那时候,具寿耶舍·迦干陀迦子正在跋耆国一带游化。他听说毗舍离的跋耆子比丘们在毗舍离宣扬十事,就想:我听到十力者的教法衰败,却还无动于衷,这实在不合适。来吧,我要驳倒那些说非法的人,显扬正法。他这样思量着,就来到了毗舍离。在那里,具寿耶舍·迦干陀迦子住在毗舍离大林的重阁讲堂。
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā yaso kākaṇḍakaputto vajjīsu cārikaṃ caramāno ‘‘vesālikā kira vajjiputtakā bhikkhū vesāliyaṃ dasa vatthūni dīpentī’’ti sutvā ‘‘na kho panetaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ dasabalassa sāsanavipattiṃ sutvā appossukko bhaveyyaṃ. Handāhaṃ adhammavādino niggahetvā dhammaṃ dīpemī’’ti cintento yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā yaso kākaṇḍakaputto vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.
那时,毗舍离的跋耆子比丘们在布萨日把铜盆装满水,放在比丘僧团中间,对前来参加的毗舍离在家信徒们这样说:“贤友们,请给僧团捐一迦诃波那、半迦诃波那、四分之一迦诃波那,或者一摩娑迦钱币吧,僧团会有资具上的需要。”这一切都应当照说,直到“在这次律的结集中,共有不多不少七百位比丘,所以这第二次结集称为七百结集。”
Tena kho pana samayena vesālikā vajjiputtakā bhikkhū tadahuposathe kaṃsapātiṃ udakena pūretvā majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa ṭhapetvā āgatāgate vesālike upāsake evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘dethāvuso, saṅghassa kahāpaṇampi aḍḍhampi pādampi māsakarūpampi, bhavissati saṅghassa parikkhārena karaṇīya’’nti sabbaṃ tāva vattabbaṃ, yāva ‘‘imāya pana vinayasaṅgītiyā satta bhikkhusatāni anūnāni anadhikāni ahesuṃ, tasmā ayaṃ dutiyasaṅgīti sattasatikāti vuccatī’’ti.
就这样,在那次集会中,由尊者耶舍发起,一百二十万比丘聚集在一起。在他们中间,由尊者离婆多提问,萨巴咖弥长老负责解答律藏,裁决了那十件事,平息了诤事。接着,长老们说:“我们要再次结集法与律。”于是挑选了七百位精通三藏、获得无碍解的比丘,在毗舍离的瓦利迦园聚集,就像大迦叶长老结集时那样,清除了教法的一切污垢后,再次按藏、按部、按支、按法蕴,结集了一切法与律。这次结集历时八个月才完成。这结集在世间——
Evaṃ tasmiñca sannipāte dvādasa bhikkhusatasahassāni sannipatiṃsu āyasmatā yasena samussāhitā. Tesaṃ majjhe āyasmatā revatena puṭṭhena sabbakāmittherena vinayaṃ vissajjentena tāni dasa vatthūni vinicchitāni, adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamitaṃ. Atha therā ‘‘puna dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā’’ti tipiṭakadhare pattapaṭisambhide sattasate bhikkhū uccinitvā vesāliyaṃ vālikārāme sannipatitvā mahākassapattherena saṅgāyitasadisameva sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ sodhetvā puna piṭakavasena nikāyavasena aṅgavasena dhammakkhandhavasena ca sabbaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyiṃsu. Ayaṃ saṅgīti aṭṭhahi māsehi niṭṭhitā. Yā loke –
由七百位长老共同完成,因此称为“七百”。
依据先前所作,所以称为第二。
Satehi sattahi katā, tena sattasatāti ca; Pubbe kataṃ upādāya, dutiyāti ca vuccatīti.
那些长老们共同结集出来的结集,在他们当中广为人知。
一切欲和萨罗,离婆多和库迦索毗多。
耶舍和萨那桑菩多,这些是同住弟子。
长老们是阿难长老的弟子,曾亲见如来。
须摩那和婆须跋伽弥,应当知道他们是同住弟子。
阿那律的这两位,过去曾见过如来。
第二次结集,是由那些长老一起完成的。
他们全都放下了重担,该做的都做完了,已经没有烦恼漏了。
Yehi therehi saṅgītā, saṅgīti tesu vissutā; Sabbakāmī ca sāḷho ca, revato khujjasobhito. Yaso ca sāṇasambhūto, ete saddhivihārikā; Therā ānandatherassa, diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ. Sumano vāsabhagāmī ca, ñeyyā saddhivihārikā; Dve ime anuruddhassa, diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ. Dutiyo pana saṅgīto, yehi therehi saṅgaho; Sabbepi pannabhārā te, katakiccā anāsavāti.
这就是第二次结集。
Ayaṃ dutiyasaṅgīti.
长老们这样结集了第二次结集之后,观察着说:“未来教法里会不会也出现这样的灾祸呢?”他们看到了这件事:“从今以后一百一十八年时,在华氏城,会有一位名叫法阿育的国王出世,统治整个赡部洲。他会对佛陀的教法生起净信,兴办广大的利养和恭敬。于是外道们贪求利养恭敬,出家进入教法,各自宣扬自己的见解。这样,教法里就会生起大灾祸。”那时他们心想:“这灾祸生起的时候,我们会在场还是不在场呢?”那时他们全都知道自己那时不在场,就想:“谁能有能力平息那件事呢?”他们观察整个人间和六欲天界,没见到任何人,却在梵天界见到一位名叫提萨的大梵天,他寿命短促,已修习了往生上梵天界之道。见到之后,他们心想:“如果我们为这位梵天在人世间出生而努力,他必定会在目犍连婆罗门家结生,然后被咒语引诱而出家。这样出家后,他将学通全部佛语,证得无碍解,摧伏外道,判决那件事,令教法重振。”
Evamimaṃ dutiyasaṅgītiṃ saṅgāyitvā therā ‘‘uppajjissati nu kho anāgatepi sāsanassa evarūpaṃ abbuda’’nti olokayamānā imaṃ addasaṃsu – ‘‘ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse pāṭaliputte dhammāsoko nāma rājā uppajjitvā sakalajambudīpe rajjaṃ kāressati. So buddhasāsane pasīditvā mahantaṃ lābhasakkāraṃ pavattayissati. Tato titthiyā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paridīpessanti. Evaṃ sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissatī’’ti. Atha nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kinnu kho mayaṃ etasmiṃ abbude uppanne sammukhā bhavissāma, na bhavissāmā’’ti. Atha te sabbeva tadā attano asammukhabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘ko nu kho taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametuṃ samattho bhavissatī’’ti sakalaṃ manussalokaṃ chakāmāvacaradevalokañca olokentā na kañci disvā brahmaloke tissaṃ nāma mahābrahmānaṃ addasaṃsu parittāyukaṃ uparibrahmalokūpapattiyā bhāvitamaggaṃ. Disvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace mayaṃ etassa brahmuno manussaloke nibbattanatthāya ussāhaṃ kareyyāma, addhā esa moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gahessati. Tato ca mantehi palobhito nikkhamitvā pabbajissati. So evaṃ pabbajitvā sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā adhigatapaṭisambhido hutvā titthiye madditvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchitvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissatī’’ti.
他们去到梵天界,对提萨大梵天这样说:从现在算起,过了一百一十八年的时候,教法里会出现一场大灾祸。我们看遍了整个人间和六欲天界,没见到有谁能把教法撑起来,就在梵天界里到处找,只见到了您。善士啊,请您答应投生到人间,把十力者的教法撑起来。
Te brahmalokaṃ gantvā tissaṃ mahābrahmānaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissati. Mayañca sakalaṃ manussalokaṃ chakāmāvacaradevalokañca olokayamānā kañci sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samatthaṃ adisvā brahmalokaṃ vicinantā bhavantameva addasāma. Sādhu, sappurisa, manussaloke nibbattitvā dasabalassa sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ paṭiññaṃ dehī’’ti.
听到这话后,大梵天心想:“据说我能净化教法中出现的灾患,让教法兴盛起来。”他满怀欢喜和兴奋,答应道:“善哉!”便做出了承诺。长老们在梵天界办完这件事后,就又回来了。
Evaṃ vutte mahābrahmā, ‘‘ahaṃ kira sāsane uppannaṃ abbudaṃ sodhetvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho bhavissāmī’’ti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udaggudaggo hutvā, ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā paṭiññaṃ adāsi. Therā brahmaloke taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā puna paccāgamiṃsu.
那时,锡迦瓦长老和旃陀跋提长老两人都是新学比丘、年轻比丘,他们通达三藏,获得无碍解,已尽诸漏,却没有参与那件诤事。长老们说:“贤友们,你们在那件诤事上没有做我们的助伴,因此对你们施以这样的处罚:‘一位名叫提萨的梵天将在目犍连婆罗门家中结生,你们当中一人要把他接引出来出家,一人要教他学通佛语。’”说完之后,所有长老都住世直到寿命穷尽——
Tena kho pana samayena siggavatthero ca caṇḍavajjitthero ca dvepi navakā honti daharabhikkhū tipiṭakadharā pattapaṭisambhidā khīṇāsavā, te taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ na sampāpuṇiṃsu. Therā ‘‘tumhe, āvuso, amhākaṃ imasmiṃ adhikaraṇe no sahāyakā ahuvattha, tena vo idaṃ daṇḍakammaṃ hotu – ‘tisso nāma brahmā moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhissati, taṃ tumhākaṃ eko nīharitvā pabbājetu, eko buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhāpetū’’’ti vatvā sabbepi yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā –
以萨巴咖弥为首的那些长老,也都是有大神通的人;
就像一团大火在世间燃烧之后,彻底熄灭了。
举行了第二次结集,使教法得到清净。
也为未来正法的清净,种下了因缘。
诸漏已尽、得自在、证得无碍解者;
长老们也在无常的掌控下,同样都走到了这一步。
这样明白了无常是卑劣的、又极难超越,
智者啊,为了达到那恒常不死的境界,你要努力精进。
Sabbakāmippabhutayo, tepi therā mahiddhikā; Aggikkhandhāva lokamhi, jalitvā parinibbutā. Dutiyaṃ saṅgahaṃ katvā, visodhetvāna sāsanaṃ; Anāgatepi katvāna, hetuṃ saddhammasuddhiyā. Khīṇāsavā vasippatthā, pabhinnapaṭisambhidā; Aniccatāvasaṃ therā, tepi nāma upāgatā. Evaṃ aniccataṃ jammiṃ, ñatvā durabhisambhavaṃ; Taṃ pattuṃ vāyame dhīro, yaṃ niccaṃ amataṃ padanti.
到这里,关于第二次结集的说明已经从各个方面完整讲完了。
Ettāvatā sabbākārena dutiyasaṅgītivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā hoti.
第三次结集的讲述
Tatiyasaṅgītikathā
提萨大梵天确实从梵天界死后,投生到目犍连婆罗门家中结生。锡迦瓦长老从他在那里结生那天起,整整七年都到婆罗门家乞食,连一勺粥或一匙饭都没得到过。七年过去后,有一天他只得到一句“请往前走,尊者”这样的话。就在那天,婆罗门在外面办完事回来,在路上看见长老,就说:“出家人,你去过我们家吗?”“是的,婆罗门,去过。”“那得到什么了吗?”“是的,婆罗门,得到了。”他回到家就问:“你们给了那个出家人什么吗?”“我们什么都没给。”第二天,婆罗门就坐在自家门口,心想:“今天我要用妄语来揭穿这个出家人。”第二天长老来到婆罗门家门口。婆罗门一见到长老就说:“你们昨天在我们家什么都没得到,却说‘得到了’。你们这样打妄语,合适吗?”长老说:“婆罗门,我们在您家七年里,连一句‘请往前走’都没得到过,昨天才得到一句‘请往前走’。我们是根据这份款待才那样说的。”
Tissopi kho mahābrahmā brahmalokato cavitvā moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Siggavattheropi tassa paṭisandhiggahaṇato pabhuti satta vassāni brāhmaṇassa gehaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Ekadivasampi uḷuṅkamattaṃ vā yāguṃ kaṭacchumattaṃ vā bhattaṃ nālattha. Sattannaṃ pana vassānaṃ accayena ekadivasaṃ ‘‘aticchatha, bhante’’ti vacanamattaṃ alattha. Taṃdivasameva brāhmaṇopi bahiddhā kiñci karaṇīyaṃ katvā āgacchanto paṭipathe theraṃ disvā, ‘‘bho pabbajita, amhākaṃ gehaṃ agamitthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Āma, brāhmaṇa, agamimhā’’ti. ‘‘Api kiñci labhitthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, brāhmaṇa, labhimhā’’ti. So gehaṃ gantvā pucchi – ‘‘tassa pabbajitassa kiñci adatthā’’ti? ‘‘Na kiñci adamhā’’ti. Brāhmaṇo dutiyadivase gharadvāreyeva nisīdi ‘‘ajja pabbajitaṃ musāvādena niggahessāmī’’ti. Thero dutiyadivase brāhmaṇassa gharadvāraṃ sampatto. Brāhmaṇo theraṃ disvāva evamāha – ‘‘tumhe hiyyo amhākaṃ gehe kiñci aladdhāyeva ‘labhimhā’ti avocuttha. Vaṭṭati nu kho tumhākaṃ musāvādo’’ti! Thero āha – ‘‘mayaṃ, brāhmaṇa, tumhākaṃ gehe satta vassāni ‘aticchathā’ti vacanamattampi alabhitvā hiyyo ‘aticchathā’ti vacanamattaṃ labhimha; athetaṃ paṭisanthāraṃ upādāya evamavocumhā’’ti.
婆罗门心想:“这些人只得到一句寒暄,就称赞说‘我们得到了’;要是得到别的什么嚼食或啖食,他们怎么会不称赞呢?”他生起净信,就从为自己准备的饭食里,叫人给了一勺分量的食物和相配的菜肴,说道:“这份食物你们以后任何时候都能得到。”从第二天起,他看见长老前来时威仪寂静,净信更加增长,便请求长老每天固定到自己家里来应供。长老答应了,每天做完饭食之事后离去时,都会稍微讲一点佛语再走。而那个少年,正好年约十六岁,已经通达三部吠陀。从梵天界投生而来的清净众生,他的座位或床铺,从来没有别人坐过或躺过。每当少年去老师家时,家人就用白布盖住他的床座,挂起来放着。长老心想:“现在正是让少年出家的时候了。我在这里来来去去已经很久,却始终没和少年说过什么话。好吧,现在就用这个办法,借着这张床座,让他开口。”于是长老去了他家,决意让屋里除了为少年留的那张床座之外,看不到别的任何座位。婆罗门的家人见到长老,找不到别的座位,就把少年的床座铺开,给了长老。长老坐上了那张床座。少年也正好在那时从老师家回来,看见长老坐在自己的床座上,愤怒不悦地说:“谁把我的床座铺给这个沙门了?”
Brāhmaṇo cintesi – ‘‘ime paṭisanthāramattampi labhitvā ‘labhimhā’ti pasaṃsanti, aññaṃ kiñci khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ labhitvā kasmā na pasaṃsantī’’ti pasīditvā attano atthāya paṭiyāditabhattato kaṭacchumattaṃ bhikkhaṃ tadupiyañca byañjanaṃ dāpetvā ‘‘imaṃ bhikkhaṃ sabbakālaṃ tumhe labhissathā’’ti āha . So punadivasato pabhuti upasaṅkamantassa therassa upasamaṃ disvā bhiyyosomattāya pasīditvā theraṃ niccakālaṃ attano ghare bhattavissaggakaraṇatthāya yāci. Thero adhivāsetvā divase divase bhattakiccaṃ katvā gacchanto thokaṃ thokaṃ buddhavacanaṃ kathetvā gacchati. Sopi kho māṇavako soḷasavassuddesikoyeva tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū ahosi. Brahmalokato āgatasuddhasattassa āsane vā sayane vā añño koci nisajjitā vā nipajjitā vā natthi. So yadā ācariyagharaṃ gacchati, tadāssa mañcapīṭhaṃ setena vatthena paṭicchādetvā laggetvā ṭhapenti. Thero cintesi – ‘‘samayo dāni māṇavakaṃ pabbājetuṃ, cirañca me idhāgacchantassa, na ca kāci māṇavakena saddhiṃ kathā uppajjati. Handa dāni iminā upāyena pallaṅkaṃ nissāya uppajjissatī’’ti gehaṃ gantvā yathā tasmiṃ gehe ṭhapetvā māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ aññaṃ na kiñci āsanaṃ dissati tathā adhiṭṭhāsi. Brāhmaṇassa gehajano theraṃ disvā aññaṃ kiñci āsanaṃ apassanto māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ attharitvā therassa adāsi. Nisīdi thero pallaṅke. Māṇavakopi kho taṅkhaṇaññeva ācariyagharā āgamma theraṃ attano pallaṅke nisinnaṃ disvā kupito anattamano ‘‘ko mama pallaṅkaṃ samaṇassa paññapesī’’ti āha.
长老吃完饭,等年轻人的火气平息下来后,这样问他:“年轻人,你懂什么咒语吗?”年轻人说:“出家人,如今连我都不懂咒语,还有谁能懂?”接着反问长老:“那您懂咒语吗?”长老说:“你问吧,年轻人,问了才能知道。”于是,年轻人就把三部吠陀——连同词汇、仪轨、音韵、词源,以及作为第五部的史传——当中那些他自己看不透、连他老师也没见过的种种难点和义理,一一向长老提问。长老本来就通达三部吠陀,如今又证得了无碍解,回答这些问题对他毫无负担,当下就解答了那些问题,然后对年轻人说:“年轻人,你问了我很多;现在我也问你一个问题,你能为我解答吗?”年轻人答:“能,出家人,请问,我会解答。”长老便以心双论的方式提出了这个问题——
Thero bhattakiccaṃ katvā vūpasante māṇavakassa caṇḍikkabhāve evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ pana tvaṃ, māṇavaka, kiñci mantaṃ jānāsī’’ti? Māṇavako ‘‘bho pabbajita, mayi dāni mante ajānante aññe ke jānissantī’’ti vatvā, theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘tumhe pana mantaṃ jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Puccha, māṇavaka, pucchitvā sakkā jānitu’’nti. Atha kho māṇavako tīsu vedesu sanighaṇḍukeṭubhesu sākkharappabhedesu itihāsapañcamesu yāni yāni gaṇṭhiṭṭhānāni, yesaṃ yesaṃ nayaṃ neva attanā passati nāpissa ācariyo addasa, tesu tesu theraṃ pucchi. Thero ‘‘pakatiyāpi tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū, idāni pana paṭisambhidāppatto, tenassa natthi tesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjane bhāro’’ti tāvadeva te pañhe vissajjetvā māṇavakaṃ āha – ‘‘māṇavaka, ahaṃ tayā bahuṃ pucchito; ahampi dāni taṃ ekaṃ pañhaṃ pucchāmi, byākarissasi me’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bho pabbajita, puccha byākarissāmī’’ti. Thero cittayamake imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi –
心若生起而不灭,他的心将会灭去而不再生起;反过来,心若将灭去而不再生起,他的心便是生起而不灭吗?
‘‘Yassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhati tassa cittaṃ nirujjhissati nuppajjissati; yassa vā pana cittaṃ nirujjhissati nuppajjissati tassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhatī’’ti?
青年没办法把它向上或向下取走,就问道:“出家尊者,这到底是什么?”对方回答:“青年,这叫佛咒。”青年又问:“尊者,那能教给我吗?”对方说:“可以,青年,但只能教给像我们这样受了出家戒的人。”于是青年走到父母面前,说:“这位出家人会一种叫佛咒的东西,但他不肯教给没在他身边出家的人。我要到他那里出家,学会这个咒语。”
Māṇavo uddhaṃ vā adho vā harituṃ asakkonto ‘‘kiṃ nāma, bho pabbajita, ida’’nti āha. ‘‘Buddhamanto nāmāyaṃ, māṇavā’’ti. ‘‘Sakkā panāyaṃ, bho, mayhampi dātu’’nti. ‘‘Sakkā māṇava, amhehi gahitapabbajjaṃ gaṇhantassa dātu’’nti. Tato māṇavo mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘ayaṃ pabbajito buddhamantaṃ nāma jānāti, na ca attano santike apabbajitassa deti, ahaṃ etassa santike pabbajitvā mantaṃ uggaṇhissāmī’’ti.
于是他的父母心想:“就算出了家,我们的儿子也还是能学到咒语,学成之后他自然会再回来的。”就同意说:“去学吧,儿子。”长老给这孩子剃度后,先教他三十二身分这个业处。他照着修习,没多久就证入了入流果。之后长老想:“这沙弥已经证入流果,现在不可能再退回世俗了。但如果我继续帮他深入修业处再教他,他可能会证得阿罗汉果,到那时就会少事少务,不再学佛语了。现在该把他送到阐那伐吉长老那里去了。”于是长老说:“来,沙弥,你到那位长老那里去学佛语。代我向他问安,并这样说:‘尊者,我的戒师派我来的。’如果他问:‘你的戒师叫什么名字?’你就说:‘尊者,叫尸伽婆长老。’他再问:‘我叫什么名字?’你就这样说:‘尊者,我的戒师知道您的名字。’”
Athassa mātāpitaro ‘‘pabbajitvāpi no putto mante gaṇhatu, gahetvā punāgamissatī’’ti maññamānā ‘‘uggaṇha, puttā’’ti anujāniṃsu. Thero dārakaṃ pabbājetvā dvattiṃsākārakammaṭṭhānaṃ tāva ācikkhi. So tattha parikammaṃ karonto nacirasseva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Tato thero cintesi – ‘‘sāmaṇero sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhito, abhabbo dāni sāsanato nivattituṃ. Sace panassāhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā katheyyaṃ, arahattaṃ pāpuṇeyya, appossukko bhaveyya buddhavacanaṃ gahetuṃ, samayo dāni naṃ caṇḍavajjittherassa santikaṃ pesetu’’nti. Tato āha – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, sāmaṇera, therassa santikaṃ gantvā buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇha. Mama vacanena tañca ārogyaṃ puccha; evañca vadehi – ‘upajjhāyo maṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pahiṇī’ti. ‘Ko nāma te upajjhāyo’ti ca vutte ‘siggavatthero nāma, bhante’ti vadeyyāsi. ‘Ahaṃ ko nāmā’ti vutte evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘mama upajjhāyo, bhante, tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātī’’’ti.
“是的,尊者。”提舍沙弥回答后,向长老顶礼、右绕,然后依次来到旃陀跋耆长老那里,礼敬后站在一边。长老问沙弥:“你从哪里来?”沙弥说:“尊者,我的戒师派我来的。”长老问:“你的戒师叫什么名字?”沙弥说:“尊者,名叫尸伽婆长老。”长老问:“我叫什么名字?”沙弥说:“尊者,我的戒师知道您的名字。”长老说:“那你现在把钵和袈裟收好。”沙弥说:“好的,尊者。”于是把钵和袈裟收好。第二天,他打扫了住处,备好了水和齿木。长老又把他扫过的地方重新扫了一遍,倒掉那些水,另外取了新水,又把那些齿木拿走,另外取了新齿木。这样过了七天,到第七天,长老又问了一次。沙弥还是像之前说的那样回答。长老认出“这个人确实是那位婆罗门”,就问:“你为什么来这里?”沙弥说:“尊者,是为了学习佛语。”长老说:“那么,沙弥,现在就开始学吧。”从第二天起,长老就开始教授佛语。提舍在还是沙弥的时候,除了律藏之外,就已经学完了全部佛语以及注释。受具足戒的时候,他虽然还在依止期,却已经成为三藏持者。他的戒师和亲教师把全部佛语交付到目犍连子帝须长老手中后,尽形寿而住,然后入般涅槃。目犍连子帝须长老后来也修习业处,证得阿罗汉果,并为许多比丘讲说法律。
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho tisso sāmaṇero theraṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā anupubbena caṇḍavajjittherassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Thero sāmaṇeraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kuto āgatosī’’ti? ‘‘Upajjhāyo maṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pahiṇī’’ti. ‘‘Ko nāma te upajjhāyo’’ti? ‘‘Siggavatthero nāma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ ko nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Mama upajjhāyo, bhante, tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātī’’ti. ‘‘Pattacīvaraṃ dāni paṭisāmehī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti sāmaṇero pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā punadivase pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā udakadantaponaṃ upaṭṭhāpesi. Thero tassa sammajjitaṭṭhānaṃ puna sammajji . Taṃ udakaṃ chaḍḍetvā aññaṃ udakaṃ āhari. Tañca dantakaṭṭhaṃ apanetvā aññaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ gaṇhi. Evaṃ satta divasāni katvā sattame divase puna pucchi. Sāmaṇero punapi pubbe kathitasadisameva kathesi. Thero ‘‘so vatāyaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti sañjānitvā ‘‘kimatthaṃ āgatosī’’ti āha. ‘‘Buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhatthāya, bhante’’ti. Thero ‘‘uggaṇha dāni, sāmaṇerā’’ti vatvā puna divasato pabhuti buddhavacanaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Tisso sāmaṇerova hutvā, ṭhapetvā vinayapiṭakaṃ sabbaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhi saddhiṃ aṭṭhakathāya. Upasampannakāle pana avassikova samāno tipiṭakadharo ahosi. Ācariyupajjhāyā moggaliputtatissattherassa hatthe sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā parinibbāyiṃsu. Moggaliputtatissattheropi aparena samayena kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattappatto bahūnaṃ dhammavinayaṃ vācesi.
那时候,宾头娑罗王有一百个儿子。阿育王把他们都杀了,只留下和自己同母的帝思王子。在杀他们期间,他还没有灌顶就执政了四年。四年过后,也就是如来般涅槃后二百一十八年,他在整个赡部洲获得了独一无二的王权灌顶。凭着灌顶的威力,他得到了这些王权神通:在大地之下,他的命令能传到一由旬的范围;同样,在天空上方,天神们每天从阿耨达池用八根扁担挑来十六瓶水。他在佛教中生起信心后,把八瓶水布施给比丘僧团,两瓶给大约六十位持三藏的比丘,两瓶给第一王后阿僧祇蜜多,四瓶自己享用。天神们每天从雪山取来一种叫龙蔓齿木的嚼齿木,它润泽、柔软、有滋味,靠它满足国王、王后、一万六千名舞女以及大约六万名比丘每天嚼齿木的需要。天神们还每天为他带来阿伽陀余甘子、阿伽陀诃梨勒,以及金色、具足香气和滋味的熟芒果。同样,从六牙湖带来五色下衣和上衣、黄色拂尘布,以及天界的饮品。龙王们每天从龙宫为他带来沐浴用的香、涂身用的香、用作衣物的非织造茉莉花布,还有贵重的眼药。鹦鹉每天从六牙湖运来九千车那里生长的稻米。老鼠把这些稻米去壳,没有一粒碎米,国王在所有地方都只吃这种米。蜜蜂酿造蜂蜜。金翅鸟在铁匠铺里敲打铁砧。迦陵频伽鸟飞来,发出悦耳的鸣声,为国王服役。
Tena kho pana samayena bindusārassa rañño ekasataputtā ahesuṃ. Te sabbe asoko attanā saddhiṃ ekamātikaṃ tissakumāraṃ ṭhapetvā ghātesi. Ghātento ca cattāri vassāni anabhisittova rajjaṃ kāretvā catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena tathāgatassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sakalajambudīpe ekarajjābhisekaṃ pāpuṇi . Abhisekānubhāvena cassa imā rājiddhiyo āgatā – mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhā yojanappamāṇe āṇā pavattati; tathā upari ākāse anotattadahato aṭṭhahi kājehi soḷasa pānīyaghaṭe divase divase devatā āharanti, yato sāsane uppannasaddho hutvā aṭṭha ghaṭe bhikkhusaṅghassa adāsi, dve ghaṭe saṭṭhimattānaṃ tipiṭakadharabhikkhūnaṃ, dve ghaṭe aggamahesiyā asandhimittāya, cattāro ghaṭe attanā paribhuñji; devatāeva himavante nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma atthi siniddhaṃ mudukaṃ rasavantaṃ taṃ divase divase āharanti, yena rañño ca mahesiyā ca soḷasannañca nāṭakitthisahassānaṃ saṭṭhimattānañca bhikkhusahassānaṃ devasikaṃ dantaponakiccaṃ nippajjati. Devasikameva cassa devatā agadāmalakaṃ agadaharītakaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇañca gandharasasampannaṃ ambapakkaṃ āharanti. Tathā chaddantadahato pañcavaṇṇanivāsanapāvuraṇaṃ pītakavaṇṇahatthapucchanapaṭakaṃ dibbañca pānakaṃ āharanti. Devasikameva panassa nhānagandhaṃ anuvilepanagandhaṃ pārupanatthāya asuttamayikaṃ sumanapupphapaṭaṃ mahārahañca añjanaṃ nāgabhavanato nāgarājāno āharanti. Chaddantadaheva uṭṭhitassa sālino nava vāhasahassāni divase divase sukā āharanti. Mūsikā nitthusakaṇe karonti, ekopi khaṇḍataṇḍulo na hoti, rañño sabbaṭṭhānesu ayameva taṇḍulo paribhogaṃ gacchati. Madhumakkhikā madhuṃ karonti. Kammārasālāsu acchā kūṭaṃ paharanti. Karavīkasakuṇā āgantvā madhurassaraṃ vikūjantā rañño balikammaṃ karonti.
这位具足这些神通的国王,有一天派人送去一条金锁链,把那条见过四佛、寿命长达一劫、名叫迦罗的龙王请来,让他坐在白伞下的大宝座上,用几百种颜色的水生花、陆生花和金花作供养,又让一万六千名装饰着各种珠宝的舞女从四面围住他,然后说:“请把那位具有无量智慧、转正法轮的善逝、正等觉者的形象显现在我眼前,让我亲眼看到。”龙王变化出来的佛陀形象,全身散布着由福德光辉所产生的八十种随好,庄严着三十二种大丈夫相,就像水面上开满了莲花、青莲、白莲一样,又像夜空中群星的光芒交织闪烁、明亮灿烂,被蓝、黄、红等种种色彩的光芒织成的一寻光晕环绕,仿佛金山顶上环绕着彩虹和闪电,头顶上辉耀着种种清净无垢的光鬘,成为梵天、天神、人、龙、夜叉等众生的眼睛甘露。国王看着这佛陀的形象,连续七天作了所谓的“眼供养”。
Imāhi iddhīhi samannāgato rājā ekadivasaṃ suvaṇṇasaṅkhalikabandhanaṃ pesetvā catunnaṃ buddhānaṃ adhigatarūpadassanaṃ kappāyukaṃ kāḷaṃ nāma nāgarājānaṃ ānayitvā setacchattassa heṭṭhā mahārahe pallaṅke nisīdāpetvā anekasatavaṇṇehi jalaja thalajapupphehi suvaṇṇapupphehi ca pūjaṃ katvā sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitehi soḷasahi nāṭakitthisahassehi samantato parikkhipitvā ‘‘anantañāṇassa tāva me saddhammavaracakkavattino sammāsambuddhassa rūpaṃ imesaṃ akkhīnaṃ āpāthaṃ karohī’’ti vatvā tena nimmitaṃ sakalasarīravippakiṇṇapuññappabhāvanibbattāsītānubyañjanapaṭimaṇḍitadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasassirīkatāya vikasitakamaluppalapuṇḍarīkapaṭimaṇḍitamiva salilatalaṃ tārāgaṇarasmijālavisadavipphuritasobhāsamujjalitamiva gaganatalaṃ nīlapītalohitādibhedavicitravaṇṇaraṃsivinaddhabyāmappabhāparikkhepavilāsitāya sañcāppabhānurāgaindadhanuvijjulatāparikkhittamiva kanakagirisikharaṃ nānāvirāgavimalaketumālāsamujjalitacārumatthakasobhaṃ nayanarasāyatanamiva brahmadevamanujanāgayakkhagaṇānaṃ buddharūpaṃ passanto satta divasāni akkhipūjaṃ nāma akāsi.
据说,国王灌顶之后,头三年一直供养外道。到第四年,才对佛法生起净信。据说他的父亲宾杜萨罗王是婆罗门的供养者,为婆罗门、婆罗门种姓的外道以及白袍游方僧等大约六万人设立了日常供养。阿育王也在自己的内宫里,照父亲所做的布施那样继续布施。有一天,他站在狮栏中,看见那些人以不寂静、不调伏的举止进食,诸根不调伏、威仪不调顺,就心想:“这样的布施,应该先审察清楚,再布施到合适的地方。”这样想过之后,他对大臣们说:“去吧,各位,把你们各自认为值得敬重的沙门、婆罗门请到内宫来,我要作布施。”大臣们回答:“遵命,陛下。”他们答应国王后,就把那些白袍游方僧、邪命外道、尼乾子等人请来,禀报说:“大王,这些是我们的阿罗汉。”
Rājā kira abhisekaṃ pāpuṇitvā tīṇiyeva saṃvaccharāni bāhirakapāsaṇḍaṃ pariggaṇhi. Catutthe saṃvacchare buddhasāsane pasīdi. Tassa kira pitā bindusāro brāhmaṇabhatto ahosi, so brāhmaṇānañca brāhmaṇajātiyapāsaṇḍānañca paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakādīnaṃ saṭṭhisahassamattānaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Asokopi pitarā pavattitaṃ dānaṃ attano antepure tatheva dadamāno ekadivasaṃ sīhapañjare ṭhito te upasamaparibāhirena ācārena bhuñjamāne asaṃyatindriye avinītairiyāpathe disvā cintesi – ‘‘īdisaṃ dānaṃ upaparikkhitvā yuttaṭṭhāne dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Evaṃ cintetvā amacce āha – ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, attano attano sādhusammate samaṇabrāhmaṇe antepuraṃ atiharatha, dānaṃ dassāmā’’ti. Amaccā ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño paṭissuṇitvā te te paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakājīvakanigaṇṭhādayo ānetvā ‘‘ime, mahārāja, amhākaṃ arahanto’’ti āhaṃsu.
于是国王在内宫铺好了高低不同的座位,说了声“进来吧”,然后对陆续到来的人说:“各自坐在适合自己的座位上。”他们当中有些人坐在精美的椅子上,有些人坐在木板座上。国王看到这情形,知道“这些人内心没有实质”,就给了他们相应的嚼食和啖食,然后打发他们走了。
Atha rājā antepure uccāvacāni āsanāni paññapetvā ‘‘āgacchantū’’ti vatvā āgatāgate āha – ‘‘attano attano patirūpe āsane nisīdathā’’ti . Tesu ekacce bhaddapīṭhakesu, ekacce phalakapīṭhakesu nisīdiṃsu. Te disvā rājā ‘‘natthi nesaṃ anto sāro’’ti ñatvā tesaṃ anurūpaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ datvā uyyojesi.
日子就这样一天天过去。有一天,国王站在狮栏上,看见尼拘陀沙弥从王宫庭院中走过——他调伏了感官,守护着心念,诸根寂静,举止威仪具足。那么,这位尼拘陀是谁呢?他是宾杜萨罗王的长子苏摩那王子的儿子。
Evaṃ gacchante kāle ekadivasaṃ rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa nigrodhasāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Ko panāyaṃ nigrodho nāma? Bindusārarañño jeṭṭhaputtassa sumanarājakumārassa putto.
关于这件事,接下来有一段循序渐进的讲述。
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā –
据说,宾杜萨罗王年老体弱的时候,阿育王子舍弃了自己得到的郁阇尼国,赶来把整座都城控制在自己手中,并抓住了苏摩那王子。就在同一天,苏摩那王子的妃子苏摩那正好怀胎足月。她乔装打扮后逃出去,朝不远处的一个旃陀罗村走去,在离旃陀罗头领家不远的一棵尼拘陀树下,听到住在那棵树上的天神说“苏摩那,到这里来”,便走到那位天神跟前。天神用自己的神通化现出一座厅堂,说“你就住在这里吧”,便给了她。她走进了那座厅堂。就在去的那天当天,她生下了一个儿子。因为孩子受到尼拘陀树神的护佑,她就给他取名叫“尼拘陀”。旃陀罗头领从见到她的那天起,就把她当作自己主人的女儿一样看待,安排了固定的供养。王女在那里住了七年。尼拘陀王子也长到了七岁。那时,一位名叫大瓦卢那的阿拉汉长老,看到这孩子善根深厚,便住在附近守护他,心想:“这孩子现在七岁了,是让他出家的时候了。”他让人告知王女后,便让尼拘陀王子出家了。王子在剃发的那一刻就证得了阿拉汉果。有一天清晨,他整理好身体威仪,履行了对戒师和教授师的义务后,拿起衣钵,心想“我要去母亲近事女的家门口”,便出发了。而母亲的住处,他必须从南门进城,穿过城中央,再从东门出城才能到达。
Bindusārarañño kira dubbalakāleyeva asokakumāro attanā laddhaṃ ujjenīrajjaṃ pahāya āgantvā sabbanagaraṃ attano hatthagataṃ katvā sumanarājakumāraṃ aggahesi. Taṃdivasameva sumanassa rājakumārassa sumanā nāma devī paripuṇṇagabbhā ahosi. Sā aññātakavesena nikkhamitvā avidūre aññataraṃ caṇḍālagāmaṃ sandhāya gacchantī jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālassa gehato avidūre aññatarasmiṃ nigrodharukkhe adhivatthāya devatāya ‘‘ito ehi, sumane’’ti vadantiyā saddaṃ sutvā tassā samīpaṃ gatā. Devatā attano ānubhāvena ekaṃ sālaṃ nimminitvā ‘‘ettha vasāhī’’ti adāsi. Sā taṃ sālaṃ pāvisi. Gatadivaseyeva ca puttaṃ vijāyi. Sā tassa nigrodhadevatāya pariggahitattā ‘‘nigrodho’’ tveva nāmaṃ akāsi. Jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālo diṭṭhadivasato pabhuti taṃ attano sāmidhītaraṃ viya maññamāno nibaddhavattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Rājadhītā tattha satta vassāni vasi. Nigrodhakumāropi sattavassiko jāto. Tadā mahāvaruṇatthero nāma eko arahā dārakassa hetusampadaṃ disvā rakkhitvā tattha viharamāno ‘‘sattavassiko dāni dārako, kālo naṃ pabbājetu’’nti cintetvā rājadhītāya ārocāpetvā nigrodhakumāraṃ pabbājesi. Kumāro khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. So ekadivasaṃ pātova sarīraṃ jaggitvā ācariyupajjhāyavattaṃ katvā pattacīvaramādāya ‘‘mātuupāsikāya gehadvāraṃ gacchāmī’’ti nikkhami. Mātunivāsanaṭṭhānañcassa dakkhiṇadvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā nagaramajjhena gantvā pācīnadvārena nikkhamitvā gantabbaṃ hoti.
那时,法王阿育正面向东方,在狮栏里经行。就在那一刻,尼拘陀来到了王宫庭院。他诸根寂静,内心宁静,目光垂视约一轭的距离。因此经中说:有一天,国王站在狮栏里,看见尼拘陀沙弥正走过王宫庭院,他调伏、守护自己,诸根寂静,威仪圆满。国王看见他以后,心里这样想:这些人个个心念散乱,像受惊的鹿一样。可这个孩子却心不散乱,他的看前看后、屈伸动作都显得格外庄严。想必他内心里一定有出世间法。国王一见到这个沙弥,心就生起了净信,爱念也安住了下来。为什么呢?据说,从前修善业的时候,这位国王曾是这位沙弥的长兄,是个商人。经里也确实这样说:
Tena ca samayena asoko dhammarājā pācīnadisābhimukho sīhapañjare caṅkamati. Taṅkhaṇaññeva nigrodho rājaṅgaṇaṃ sampāpuṇi santindriyo santamānaso yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ekadivasaṃ rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa nigrodhasāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampanna’’nti. Disvā panassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ jano sabbopi vikkhittacitto bhantamigappaṭibhāgo. Ayaṃ pana dārako avikkhittacitto ativiya cassa ālokitavilokitaṃ samiñjanapasāraṇañca sobhati. Addhā etassa abbhantare lokuttaradhammo bhavissatī’’ti rañño saha dassaneneva sāmaṇere cittaṃ pasīdi, pemaṃ saṇṭhahi. Kasmā? Pubbe hi kira puññakaraṇakāle esa rañño jeṭṭhabhātā vāṇijako ahosi. Vuttampi hetaṃ –
要么是因为过去生中曾一起生活,要么是因为今生彼此有恩。
爱意就是这样生起的,就像水中的青莲花。
‘‘Pubbe va sannivāsena, paccuppannahitena vā; Evaṃ taṃ jāyate pemaṃ, uppalaṃ va yathodake’’ti. (jā. 1.2.174);
这时,国王心里生起了爱念,满怀恭敬,就派大臣去说:“去把那位沙弥请来。”见他们去了很久还没回来,又派了两三个人去传话:“快点来。”沙弥还是照自己平常的步调走来。国王知道哪个座位合适,就说:“请坐。”沙弥看了看这边那边,心想:“现在这里没有别的比丘了。”于是走到那撑着白伞的王座前,示意国王接钵。国王看见他朝王座走来,就想:“今天这位沙弥就要成为这座宅邸的主人了。”沙弥把钵交到国王手里,登上王座坐下。国王把自己为他准备的各种粥、硬食、软食都端上来供养。沙弥只接受了刚好够维持身体的份量。吃完饭,国王问:“你知道导师给你们说的教诫吗?”“大王,我知道一部分。”“孩子,也给我讲讲吧。”“好的,大王。”于是沙弥为国王诵出《法句经》中不放逸品的相应偈颂,作为随喜开示。
Atha rājā sañjātapemo sabahumāno ‘‘etaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ pakkosathā’’ti amacce pesesi. ‘‘Te aticirāyantī’’ti puna dve tayo pesesi – ‘‘turitaṃ āgacchatū’’ti. Sāmaṇero attano pakatiyā eva agamāsi. Rājā patirūpamāsanaṃ ñatvā ‘‘nisīdathā’’ti āha. So ito cito ca viloketvā ‘‘natthi dāni aññe bhikkhū’’ti samussitasetacchattaṃ rājapallaṅkaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pattaggahaṇatthāya rañño ākāraṃ dassesi. Rājā taṃ pallaṅkasamīpaṃ upagacchantaṃyeva disvā cintesi – ‘‘ajjeva dāni ayaṃ sāmaṇero imassa gehassa sāmiko bhavissatī’’ti sāmaṇero rañño hatthe pattaṃ datvā pallaṅkaṃ abhiruhitvā nisīdi. Rājā attano atthāya sampāditaṃ sabbaṃ yāgukhajjakabhattavikatiṃ upanāmesi. Sāmaṇero attano yāpanīyamattakameva sampaṭicchi. Bhattakiccāvasāne rājā āha – ‘‘satthārā tumhākaṃ dinnovādaṃ jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Jānāmi, mahārāja, ekadesenā’’ti. ‘‘Tāta, mayhampi naṃ kathehī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, mahārājā’’ti rañño anurūpaṃ dhammapade appamādavaggaṃ anumodanatthāya abhāsi.
国王一听“不放逸是不死之道,放逸是死亡之道”,当下就说:“我知道了,孩子,到此为止吧。”随喜结束时,国王又说:“孩子,我给你八份固定供养。”沙弥说:“大王,我把这些供养给我的戒师。”国王问:“孩子,你说的戒师是谁?”沙弥答:“是看到犯与不犯之后,会呵责、会提醒的人,大王。”国王说:“孩子,我再给你另外八份。”沙弥说:“大王,我把这些供养给我的教授师。”国王问:“孩子,你说的教授师是谁?”沙弥答:“是在这个教法里,把我安立在应当修学的法上的人,大王。”国王说:“很好,孩子,我再给你另外八份。”沙弥说:“大王,这些我也供养给比丘僧团。”国王问:“孩子,你说的比丘僧团是谁?”沙弥答:“大王,正是因为依靠他们,我的教授师、戒师和我才能出家并受具足戒。”国王更加满心欢喜,说道:“孩子,我再给你另外八份。”沙弥说“好的”,接受了。第二天,他带着三十二位比丘进入王宫,用了斋饭。国王说:“明天也让另外三十二位比丘和你们一起来受供。”就这样,国王用这个办法一天天增加,停止了给六万婆罗门、游方者等人的供养,在王宫内部为六万比丘设立了每日固定供养。尼拘律长老也凭着这份信心,让国王及其随从安立于三皈依和五戒,并以凡夫层次的净信,使国王在佛陀的教法中建立起不动摇的信心。后来,国王又建了名为阿输迦园的大寺院,并为六万比丘设立了每日固定供养。他在整个赡部洲的八万四千座城市中,建了八万四千座寺院,以八万四千座塔庙庄严,全都是依正法而做,不是依非法。
Rājā pana ‘‘appamādo amatapadaṃ, pamādo maccuno pada’’nti sutvāva ‘‘aññātaṃ, tāta, pariyosāpehī’’ti āha. Anumodanāvasāne ca ‘‘aṭṭha te, tāta, dhuvabhattāni dammī’’ti āha. Sāmaṇero āha – ‘‘etāni ahaṃ upajjhāyassa dammi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ, tāta, upajjhāyo nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Vajjāvajjaṃ disvā codetā sāretā ca, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Aññānipi te, tāta, aṭṭha dammī’’ti. ‘‘Etāni ācariyassa dammi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ, tāta, ācariyo nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Imasmiṃ sāsane sikkhitabbakadhammesu patiṭṭhāpetā, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, tāta, aññānipi te aṭṭha dammī’’ti. ‘‘Etānipi bhikkhusaṅghassa dammi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ, tāta, bhikkhusaṅgho nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yaṃ nissāya , mahārāja, amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānañca mama ca pabbajjā ca upasampadā cā’’ti. Rājā bhiyyoso mattāya tuṭṭhacitto āha – ‘‘aññānipi te, tāta, aṭṭha dammī’’ti. Sāmaṇero ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā punadivase dvattiṃsa bhikkhū gahetvā rājantepuraṃ pavisitvā bhattakiccamakāsi. Rājā ‘‘aññepi dvattiṃsa bhikkhū tumhehi saddhiṃ sve bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantū’’ti eteneva upāyena divase divase vaḍḍhāpento saṭṭhisahassānaṃ brāhmaṇaparibbājakādīnaṃ bhattaṃ upacchinditvā antonivesane saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi nigrodhatthere gateneva pasādena. Nigrodhattheropi rājānaṃ saparisaṃ tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpetvā buddhasāsane pothujjanikena pasādena acalappasādaṃ katvā patiṭṭhāpesi. Puna rājā asokārāmaṃ nāma mahāvihāraṃ kāretvā saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Sakalajambudīpe caturāsītiyā nagarasahassesu caturāsītivihārasahassāni kārāpesi caturāsītisahassacetiyapaṭimaṇḍitāni dhammeneva, no adhammena.
据说有一天,国王在阿输迦园作了大布施之后,坐在六万比丘僧团中间,用四种资具邀请僧团,然后问道:“尊者,世尊所宣说的法到底有多少?”回答说:“大王,从部类来说有九分教,从蕴聚来说有八万四千法蕴。”国王对法生起净信,心想:“我要用一座一座精舍来供养每一个法蕴。”于是在一天之内就布施了九十六俱胝的财富,并命令大臣们:“来,你们去,在每一座城里各建一座精舍,在八万四千座城中建八万四千座精舍。”他自己也在阿输迦园为阿输迦大寺的工程举行了开工仪式。僧团委派了一位名叫因陀掘多的长老——他具大神通、大威力,已尽诸漏——担任新工程的监督。凡是还没有完成的部分,长老都用自己的神通力使之完成。就这样,他也用三年时间完成了精舍的工程。就在同一天,所有城市送来的文书都到了。
Ekadivasaṃ kira rājā asokārāme mahādānaṃ datvā saṭṭhisahassabhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe nisajja saṅghaṃ catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhante, bhagavatā desitadhammo nāma kittako hotī’’ti? ‘‘Aṅgato, mahārāja, navaṅgāni, khandhato caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti. Rājā dhamme pasīditvā ‘‘ekekaṃ dhammakkhandhaṃ ekekavihārena pūjessāmī’’ti ekadivasameva channavutikoṭidhanaṃ visajjetvā amacce āṇāpesi – ‘‘etha, bhaṇe, ekamekasmiṃ nagare ekamekaṃ vihāraṃ kārāpentā caturāsītiyā nagarasahassesu caturāsītivihārasahassāni kārāpethā’’ti. Sayañca asokārāme asokamahāvihāratthāya kammaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Saṅgho indaguttattheraṃ nāma mahiddhikaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ navakammādhiṭṭhāyakaṃ adāsi. Thero yaṃ yaṃ na niṭṭhāti taṃ taṃ attano ānubhāvena niṭṭhāpesi. Evampi tīhi saṃvaccharehi vihārakammaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Ekadivasameva sabbanagarehi paṇṇāni āgamiṃsu.
大臣们向国王禀报:陛下,八万四千座寺院已经建成了。国王就派人在全城击鼓宣告:从今天起七天之后,要举行寺院庆典。所有人都要受持八条戒,在城内和城外为寺院庆典做准备。七天之后,国王被数十万装饰华丽、由四种兵种组成的军队围绕,巡行全城。那时,广大民众一心想要把这座城装饰得比天界阿摩罗瓦提王都还要辉煌,于是把整座城都装饰布置好了。国王巡行之后,来到寺院,站在比丘僧团中间。
Amaccā rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitāni, deva, caturāsītivihārasahassānī’’ti. Rājā nagare bheriṃ carāpesi – ‘‘ito sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena vihāramaho bhavissati. Sabbe aṭṭha sīlaṅgāni samādiyitvā antonagare ca bahinagare ca vihāramahaṃ paṭiyādentū’’ti. Tato sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitāya anekasatasahassasaṅkhyāya caturaṅginiyā senāya parivuto devaloke amaravatiyā rājadhāniyā sirito adhikatarasassirīkaṃ viya nagaraṃ kātukāmena ussāhajātena mahājanena alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ nagaraṃ anuvicaranto vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe aṭṭhāsi.
那时聚集的比丘有八十俱胝,比丘尼有九百六十万。其中,漏尽比丘正好有十万。他们这样想:“如果国王能毫无遗漏地看到自己的功德,就会对佛陀的教法生起极大的净信。”于是,他们施展了名叫“世界显现”的神变。国王站在阿育园中,向四方眺望,看见整个赡部洲直到海边,以及八万四千座寺院正以盛大的寺院供养庆典而光辉闪耀。他看见这番盛况,满怀极大的喜悦与满足,心想:“还有没有别人也曾生起过这样的喜悦与满足呢?”于是问比丘僧团:“尊者,在我们这位世间怙主、十力者的教法中,谁曾作过大布施?谁的布施最大?”比丘僧团把这个问题交给目犍连子帝须长老来回答。长老说:“大王,在十力者的教法中,作为资具供养者,即使如来还在世时,也没有人能和你相比,你的布施就是最大的。”国王听了长老的话,身体不断被极大的喜悦与满足所充满,心想:“据说没有像我这样的资具供养者,据说我的布施最大,据说我以所施之物护持教法。既然如此,我到底是不是教法的继承者呢?”于是问比丘僧团:“尊者,我是教法的继承者吗?”
Tasmiñca khaṇe sannipatitā asīti bhikkhukoṭiyo ahesuṃ, bhikkhunīnañca channavutisatasahassāni. Tattha khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva satasahassasaṅkhyā ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace rājā attano adhikāraṃ anavasesaṃ passeyya ativiya buddhasāsane pasīdeyyā’’ti. Tato lokavivaraṇaṃ nāma pāṭihāriyaṃ akaṃsu. Rājā asokārāme ṭhitova catuddisā anuvilokento samantato samuddapariyantaṃ jambudīpaṃ passati caturāsītiñca vihārasahassāni uḷārāya vihāramahapūjāya virocamānāni. So taṃ vibhūtiṃ passamāno uḷārena pītipāmojjena samannāgato ‘‘atthi pana aññassapi kassaci evarūpaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppannapubba’’nti cintento bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhante, amhākaṃ lokanāthassa dasabalassa sāsane ko mahāpariccāgaṃ pariccaji. Kassa pariccāgo mahantoti? Bhikkhusaṅgho moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi. Thero āha – ‘‘mahārāja, dasabalassa sāsane paccayadāyako nāma tayā sadiso dharamānepi tathāgate na koci ahosi, taveva pariccāgo mahā’’ti. Rājā therassa vacanaṃ sutvā uḷārena pītipāmojjena nirantaraṃ phuṭṭhasarīro hutvā cintesi – ‘‘natthi kira mayā sadiso paccayadāyako, mayhaṃ kira pariccāgo mahā, ahaṃ kira deyyadhammena sāsanaṃ paggaṇhāmi. Kiṃ panāhaṃ evaṃ sati sāsanassa dāyādo homi, na homī’’ti. Tato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhavāmi nu kho ahaṃ, bhante, sāsanassa dāyādo’’ti?
目犍连子帝须长老听了国王这番话,看出王子玛欣德具足善根因缘,心想:“如果这位王子出家,教法一定会大大兴盛。”于是对国王说:“大王,光做到这个程度,还不算教法的继承者;这只能算是施主或侍奉者。大王,就算有人把从大地直到梵天界的资具都布施出去,这个人也还算不上‘教法的继承者’。”国王问:“那么,尊者,到底怎样才算教法的继承者?”长老答:“大王,不管是谁,富人也好,穷人也罢,只要让自己的亲生儿子出家——大王,这个人才能称为教法的继承者。”
Tato moggaliputtatissatthero rañño idaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā rājaputtassa mahindassa upanissayasampattiṃ sampassamāno ‘‘sace ayaṃ kumāro pabbajissati sāsanassa ativiya vuḍḍhi bhavissatī’’ti cintetvā rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘na kho, mahārāja, ettāvatā sāsanassa dāyādo hoti; apica kho paccayadāyakoti vā upaṭṭhākoti vā saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Yopi hi, mahārāja, pathavito yāva brahmalokaparimāṇaṃ paccayarāsiṃ dadeyya sopi ‘sāsane dāyādo’ti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchatī’’ti. ‘‘Atha kathaṃ carahi, bhante, sāsanassa dāyādo hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi koci, mahārāja, aḍḍho vā daliddo vā attano orasaṃ puttaṃ pabbājeti – ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja, dāyādo sāsanassā’’ti.
听他说完这些话,无忧王心想:“我做了这么大的舍弃,却还是没成为教法的继承者。”他一心想要成为教法的继承者,便四处张望,看见玛欣德王子站在不远处。看到之后,他心里想:“虽然从提萨王子出家那时起,我就一直想立这位王子为副王,但比起副王的位置,出家才是更好的。”于是他对王子说:“孩子,你能出家吗?”这位王子自从提萨王子出家以来,本来就一直想出家,听到国王的话,心里非常欢喜,说道:“我出家,大王,请让我出家,这样你们就能成为教法的继承者了。”
Evaṃ vutte asoko rājā ‘‘ahaṃ kira evarūpaṃ pariccāgaṃ katvāpi neva sāsanassa dāyādabhāvaṃ patto’’ti sāsane dāyādabhāvaṃ patthayamāno ito cito ca viloketvā addasa mahindakumāraṃ avidūre ṭhitaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘kiñcāpi ahaṃ imaṃ kumāraṃ tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti oparajje ṭhapetukāmo, atha kho oparajjatopi pabbajjāva uttamā’’ti. Tato kumāraṃ āha – ‘‘sakkhasi tvaṃ, tāta, pabbajitu’’nti? Kumāro pakatiyāpi tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti pabbajitukāmova rañño vacanaṃ sutvā ativiya pāmojjajāto hutvā āha – ‘‘pabbajāmi, deva, maṃ pabbājetvā tumhe sāsanadāyādā hothā’’ti.
那时,王女僧伽蜜多也正好站在同一个地方。她的丈夫,名叫阿耆婆罗的王子,已经和副王提萨王子一起出家了。国王看见她,就说:“女儿,你也能出家吗?”“好的,父王,我能。”国王得到孩子们同意后,满心欢喜,对比丘僧团说:“尊者,请让这两个孩子出家,让我成为教法的继承人。”僧团接受了国王的话,由目犍连子帝须长老作亲教师、摩诃提婆长老作老师,让王子出家;再由末阐提长老作老师,为他授具足戒。据说那时王子刚满二十岁。他就在那个具足戒的界场内,连同无碍解一起证得了阿罗汉果。王女僧伽蜜多的老师是阿育波利多长老尼,亲教师则是昙摩波利多长老尼。那时僧伽蜜多十八岁。她刚出家,就在那个界场内安住在学处中。两人出家的时候,国王灌顶已经六年了。
Tena ca samayena rājadhītā saṅghamittāpi tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne ṭhitā hoti. Tassā ca sāmiko aggibrahmā nāma kumāro yuvarājena tissakumārena saddhiṃ pabbajito hoti. Rājā taṃ disvā āha – ‘‘tvampi, amma, pabbajituṃ sakkhasī’’ti? ‘‘Sādhu, tāta, sakkomī’’ti. Rājā puttānaṃ manaṃ labhitvā pahaṭṭhacitto bhikkhusaṅghaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhante, ime dārake pabbājetvā maṃ sāsane dāyādaṃ karothā’’ti. Saṅgho rañño vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā kumāraṃ moggaliputtatissattherena upajjhāyena mahādevattherena ca ācariyena pabbājesi. Majjhantikattherena ācariyena upasampādesi. Tadā kira kumāro paripuṇṇavīsativassova hoti. So tasmiṃyeva upasampadasīmamaṇḍale saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Saṅghamittāyapi rājadhītāya ācariyā āyupālittherī nāma, upajjhāyā pana dhammapālittherī nāma ahosi. Tadā saṅghamittā aṭṭhārasavassā hoti. Taṃ pabbajitamattaṃ tasmiṃyeva sīmamaṇḍale sikkhāya patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Ubhinnaṃ pabbajitakāle rājā chabbassābhiseko hoti.
那时,马欣德长老从受具足戒开始,就在自己的戒师身边学习法与律,在三年之内学完了经过两次结集、收录于三藏并附有注释的全部上座部教法,成为戒师座下大约一千名比丘弟子中的上首。当时,法王阿育王灌顶已经九年。不过,在国王灌顶第八年的时候,贡多子帝须长老为了治病,以乞食的方式四处行脚,却连一捧之量的酥油都没能得到。由于病势沉重,他的寿命行将耗尽,于是以不放逸教诫比丘僧团后,在虚空中结跏趺坐,进入火界定而般涅槃。国王听到这个消息后,向长老表达了敬意,心想:“在我治理国家的时候,比丘们的资具竟然如此难以得到。”于是下令在城的四座城门处建造水池,装满药物,然后布施出去。
Atha mahindatthero upasampannakālato pabhuti attano upajjhāyasseva santike dhammañca vinayañca pariyāpuṇanto dvepi saṅgītiyo ārūḷhaṃ tipiṭakasaṅgahitaṃ sāṭṭhakathaṃ sabbaṃ theravādaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ abbhantare uggahetvā attano upajjhāyassa antevāsikānaṃ sahassamattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāmokkho ahosi. Tadā asoko dhammarājā navavassābhiseko hoti. Rañño pana aṭṭhavassābhisekakāleyeva kontaputtatissatthero byādhipaṭikammatthaṃ bhikkhācāravattena āhiṇḍanto pasatamattaṃ sappiṃ alabhitvā byādhibalena parikkhīṇāyusaṅkhāro bhikkhusaṅghaṃ appamādena ovaditvā ākāse pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā parinibbāyi. Rājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā therassa sakkāraṃ katvā ‘‘mayi nāma rajjaṃ kārente evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paccayā dullabhā’’ti nagarassa catūsu dvāresu pokkharaṇiyo kārāpetvā bhesajjassa pūrāpetvā dāpesi.
据说那时候,华氏城四个城门每天各收四十万,集会大厅收十万,国王每天总共进账五十万。于是国王每天拨给尼拘律陀长老十万;为了用香花等供养佛塔,拨十万;给法的十万,则用来供给持法、多闻比丘们的四种生活所需;给僧团的十万;四个城门用于药物的十万。就这样,在教法中兴起了广大的利养与恭敬。
Tena kira samayena pāṭaliputtassa catūsu dvāresu cattāri satasahassāni, sabhāyaṃ satasahassanti divase divase pañcasatasahassāni rañño uppajjanti. Tato rājā nigrodhattherassa devasikaṃ satasahassaṃ visajjesi. Buddhassa cetiye gandhamālādīhi pūjanatthāya satasahassaṃ . Dhammassa satasahassaṃ, taṃ dhammadharānaṃ bahussutānaṃ catupaccayatthāya upanīyati. Saṅghassa satasahassaṃ, catūsu dvāresu bhesajjatthāya satasahassaṃ. Evaṃ sāsane uḷāro lābhasakkāro nibbatti.
外道们失去了利养和恭敬,连一口饭、一件衣服都得不到。他们贪求利养和恭敬,就在佛教里出了家,却各自宣扬自己的那一套见解,说“这才是法,这才是律”。有些人得不到出家许可,就自己剃了头,披上袈裟,在寺院里到处走动,还混进布萨、自恣、僧羯磨和别羯磨的场合。比丘们不跟他们一起做布萨。那时候,目犍连子帝须长老想:“现在这个争端已经起来了,过不了多久一定会变得很严重。住在这帮人中间,根本没办法平息这件事。”于是他把自己的徒众交给玛欣德长老,自己想图个清静安稳,就去了阿霍恒伽山。那些外道虽然被比丘僧团以法、以律、以导师的教导反复呵责,却始终不肯依照法与律来修行,反而在教法里制造出种种祸害、污垢和荆棘。有的人侍奉火,有的人用五处火烤自己,有的人绕着太阳转,还有的人扬言“我们要把法和律都搞垮”。那时候,比丘僧团不跟他们一起做布萨,也不一起做自恣。在阿育园,布萨中断了整整七年。有人把这件事禀报了国王。国王命令一位大臣:“你去寺院,把争端平息了,让比丘们做布萨。”那位大臣不敢反问国王,就去找别的大臣,说:“国王派我去‘到寺院把争端平息了,让比丘们做布萨’。这争端到底怎么平息啊?”他们回答说:“我们是这么想的——就像平定边境时把盗贼杀掉一样,国王恐怕是想把那些不做布萨的人杀掉。”于是那位大臣到了寺院,把比丘僧众召集起来,说:“国王派我来‘让比丘们做布萨’。各位尊者,现在就请做布萨吧。”比丘们说:“我们不跟外道一起做布萨。”于是那位大臣从长老的座位开始,挥剑砍下了他们的头。
Titthiyā parihīnalābhasakkārā antamaso ghāsacchādanampi alabhantā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakāni sakāni diṭṭhigatāni ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo’’ti dīpenti. Pabbajjaṃ alabhamānāpi sayameva muṇḍetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vihāresu vicarantā uposathampi pavāraṇampi saṅghakammampi gaṇakammampi pavisanti. Bhikkhū tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ na karonti. Tadā moggaliputtatissatthero ‘‘uppannaṃ dāni idaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ, taṃ nacirasseva kakkhaḷaṃ bhavissati. Na kho panetaṃ sakkā imesaṃ majjhe vasantena vūpasametu’’nti mahindattherassa gaṇaṃ nīyyātetvā attanā phāsuvihārena viharitukāmo ahogaṅgapabbataṃ agamāsi. Tepi kho titthiyā bhikkhusaṅghena dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena niggayhamānāpi dhammavinayānulomāya paṭipattiyā asaṇṭhahantā anekarūpaṃ sāsanassa abbudañca malañca kaṇṭakañca samuṭṭhāpesuṃ. Keci aggiṃ paricaranti, keci pañcātapena tāpenti, keci ādiccaṃ anuparivattanti, keci ‘‘dhammañca vinayañca vobhindissāmā’’ti paggaṇhiṃsu. Tadā bhikkhusaṅgho na tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ vā pavāraṇaṃ vā akāsi. Asokārāme sattavassāni uposatho upacchijji. Raññopi etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā ekaṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī’’ti. Amacco rājānaṃ paṭipucchituṃ avisahanto aññe amacce upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘rājā maṃ ‘vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī’ti pahiṇi. Kathaṃ nu kho adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasammatī’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ evaṃ sallakkhema – ‘yathā nāma paccantaṃ vūpasamentā core ghātenti, evameva ye uposathaṃ na karonti, te māretukāmo rājā bhavissatī’’’ti. Atha so amacco vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā āha – ‘‘ahaṃ raññā ‘uposathaṃ kārāpehī’ti pesito. Karotha dāni, bhante, uposatha’’nti. Bhikkhū ‘‘na mayaṃ titthiyehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ karomā’’ti āhaṃsu. Atha amacco therāsanato paṭṭhāya asinā sīsāni pātetuṃ āraddho.
帝须长老看见那位大臣这样胡作非为。帝须长老可不是随便什么人,他是国王同母的弟弟,名叫帝须王子。据说国王灌顶登位后,把他立为副王。有一天,他到林中游猎,看见一大群鹿正在欢快地嬉戏。看到之后,他心里想:“这些吃草的鹿都这样嬉戏,那些沙门在王宫里吃着精美的饮食,躺在柔软的床铺上,怎么会不嬉戏呢?”他回来后,把自己这个想法告诉了国王。国王心想:“王子在不该担心的地方担心了!来吧,我要让他明白。”于是有一天,国王借某个理由装作发怒,说:“来,你接掌王位七天,之后我就杀了你。”用死亡的恐惧吓唬他,借此让他明白那个道理。据说那位王子心想“国王第七天要杀我”,于是不好好沐浴、不好好吃饭、不好好睡觉,身体变得极其粗劣消瘦。于是国王问他:“你怎么变成这副样子了?” “因为怕死,陛下。” “喂,你明知死期已定,尚且不能安心嬉戏;比丘们正观照着与呼吸相连的死亡,又怎么会嬉戏呢?”从此以后,王子对佛教生起了净信。
Addasā kho tissatthero taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ. Tissatthero nāma na yo vā so vā, rañño ekamātiko bhātā tissakumāro nāma, taṃ kira rājā pattābhiseko oparajje ṭhapesi. So ekadivasaṃ vanacāraṃ gato addasa mahantaṃ migasaṅghaṃ cittakīḷāya kīḷantaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime tāva tiṇabhakkhā migā evaṃ kīḷanti, ime pana samaṇā rājakule paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā mudukāsu seyyāsu sayamānā kiṃ nāma kīḷitaṃ na kīḷissantī’’ti! So tato āgantvā imaṃ attano vitakkaṃ rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘aṭṭhāne kukkuccāyitaṃ kumārena! Handa, naṃ evaṃ saññāpessāmī’’ti ekadivasaṃ kenaci kāraṇena kuddho viya hutvā ‘‘ehi sattadivasena rajjaṃ sampaṭiccha, tato taṃ ghātessāmī’’ti maraṇabhayena tajjetvā tamatthaṃ saññāpesi. So kira kumāro ‘‘sattame maṃ divase māressatī’’ti na cittarūpaṃ nhāyi, na bhuñji, na supi, ativiya lūkhasarīro ahosi. Tato naṃ rājā pucchi – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ evarūpo jāto’’ti? ‘‘Maraṇabhayena, devā’’ti. ‘‘Are, tvaṃ nāma paricchinnamaraṇaṃ sampassamāno vissattho na kīḷasi? Bhikkhū assāsapassāsanibaddhaṃ maraṇaṃ pekkhamānā kathaṃ kīḷissantī’’ti! Tato pabhuti kumāro sāsane pasīdi.
后来有一天,他出城去打猎,在树林里四处游走时,看见臾那大法护长老正坐在那里,有一头大象用鼻子卷着娑罗树枝给他扇风。他看到这一幕,心里生起欢喜,想道:“我什么时候也能像这位大长老一样出家呢?那一天会到来吗?”长老知道了他的心思,就在他眼前腾空而起,飞到阿育园的池塘上,站在水面上,把袈裟和上衣挂在空中,开始沐浴。
So puna ekadivasaṃ migavaṃ nikkhamitvā araññe anuvicaramāno addasa yonakamahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ aññatarena hatthināgena sālasākhaṃ gahetvā bījiyamānaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvā pāmojjajāto cintesi – ‘‘kadā nu kho ahampi ayaṃ mahāthero viya pabbajeyyaṃ! Siyā nu kho so divaso’’ti. Thero tassāsayaṃ viditvā tassa passantasseva ākāse uppatitvā asokārāme pokkharaṇiyā udakatale ṭhatvā cīvarañca uttarāsaṅgañca ākāse laggetvā nhāyituṃ āraddho.
王子看到长老的神通后,生起了极大的净信,心想:“我今天就要出家。”于是转身回去禀告国王:“陛下,我要出家。”国王用种种办法劝他留下,都没能让他回心转意,只好让人把通往阿育园的路装饰好,给王子穿上节日盛装,又派装饰整齐的军队护送他到精舍。比丘们听说“副王要出家了”,纷纷准备好衣钵。王子走进精舍,就在大法护长老座下出家,随他一起出家的有十万人。至于跟随王子出家的人,数量更是数不清。王子是在国王灌顶四周年的时候出家的。另外,国王还有一个外甥,名叫阿耆婆罗门王子,是僧伽蜜多的丈夫。僧伽蜜多和他生了一个儿子。他听说“副王出家了”,也去拜见国王,请求说:“陛下,我也要出家。”“出家吧,孩子。”国王同意了,他当天就出了家。
Kumāro therassānubhāvaṃ disvā ativiya pasanno ‘‘ajjeva pabbajissāmī’’ti nivattitvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘pabbajissāmahaṃ, devā’’ti. Rājā anekappakāraṃ yācitvāpi taṃ nivattetuṃ asakkonto asokārāmagamanīyamaggaṃ alaṅkārāpetvā kumāraṃ chaṇavesaṃ gāhāpetvā alaṅkatāya senāya parivārāpetvā vihāraṃ nesi. ‘‘Yuvarājā kira pabbajissatī’’ti sutvā bahū bhikkhū pattacīvarāni paṭiyādesuṃ. Kumāro padhānagharaṃ gantvā mahādhammarakkhitattherasseva santike pabbaji saddhiṃ purisasatasahassena. Kumārassa pana anupabbajitānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo natthi. Kumāro rañño catuvassābhisekakāle pabbajito. Athaññopi rañño bhāgineyyo saṅghamittāya sāmiko aggibrahmā nāma kumāro atthi. Saṅghamittā taṃ paṭicca ekameva puttaṃ vijāyi. Sopi ‘‘yuvarājā pabbajito’’ti sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘ahampi, deva, pabbajissāmī’’ti yāci. ‘‘Pabbaja, tātā’’ti ca raññā anuññāto taṃdivasameva pabbaji.
就这样,随他出家的人中,还有出身高贵、拥有广大财富的刹帝利众。
国王的弟弟,应当知道就是帝须长老。
Evaṃ anupabbajito, uḷāravibhavena khattiyajanena; Rañño kaniṭṭhabhātā, tissattheroti viññeyyo.
帝须长老看见那位大臣这样胡作非为,心里想:“国王不会派人去杀长老们;这一定是这位大臣自己搞错了。”于是他走过去,自己在他旁边的座位上坐下。他认出长老之后,不敢挥刀下手,就回去禀报国王:“陛下,那些不愿意举行布萨的比丘,我已经砍下了这么多人的脑袋;现在轮到圣者帝须长老了,我该怎么办?”国王一听,立刻说道:“喂!难道是我派你去杀比丘的吗?”话音刚落,国王全身就生起灼热,他马上前往寺院,问长老比丘们:“尊者们,这位大臣没得到我的命令就这样做了,这个罪业该归谁呢?”有些长老说:“他是照你的话做的,这罪业是你的。”有些说:“你们两人都有这个罪业。”还有些这样说:“大王,你当时有没有起过‘让这个人去杀比丘’的念头?”“没有,尊者们,我是出于善意才派他去的——‘让和合的比丘僧团举行布萨吧’。”“如果你是出于善意,那你就没有罪业,这个罪业只归大臣。”国王心里产生了疑惑,问道:“尊者们,有没有哪位比丘能帮我断除这个疑惑,并且能扶持教法呢?”“有的,大王,有一位名叫目犍连子帝须的长老,他能断除你的疑惑,也能扶持教法。”国王当天就派了四位说法师,每人带一千名比丘随从,又派了四位大臣,每人带一千人随从,吩咐道:“把长老请来。”他们去了之后说:“国王召请您。”长老没有来。国王第二次又派了八位说法师、八位大臣,每人带一千人随从,吩咐道:“你们要说‘尊者,国王召请您’,然后一定要把他请来。”他们照样说了。长老第二次还是没有来。国王就问比丘们:“尊者们,我已经派了两次了,长老为什么不来?”“大王,因为只说‘国王召请’,长老才不来;如果这样说,他就会来:‘尊者,教法正在沉没,请来一起扶持教法吧。’”于是国王就照这样说,派了十六位说法师、十六位大臣,每人带一千人随从前往,又问比丘们:“尊者们,长老是年长还是年轻?”“年长,大王。”“尊者,他会坐轿子或肩舆吗?”“不会坐,大王。”“尊者,长老住在哪里?”“在恒河上游,大王。”国王说:“既然如此,你们就把船连成筏子,就地请长老坐上去,两岸都安排守卫,把长老护送过来。”于是比丘们和大臣们就前往长老那里,转达了国王的旨意。
So taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘na rājā there mārāpetuṃ pahiṇeyya; addhā imassevetaṃ amaccassa duggahitaṃ bhavissatī’’ti gantvā sayaṃ tassa āsanne āsane nisīdi. So theraṃ sañjānitvā satthaṃ nipātetuṃ avisahanto gantvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, deva, uposathaṃ kātuṃ anicchantānaṃ ettakānaṃ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ sīsāni pātesiṃ; atha ayyassa tissattherassa paṭipāṭi sampattā, kinti karomī’’ti? Rājā sutvāva – ‘‘are! Kiṃ pana, tvaṃ, mayā bhikkhū ghātetuṃ pesito’’ti tāvadeva sarīre uppannadāho hutvā vihāraṃ gantvā there bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, amacco mayā anāṇattova evaṃ akāsi, kassa nu kho iminā pāpena bhavitabba’’nti? Ekacce therā, ‘‘ayaṃ tava vacanena akāsi, tuyhetaṃ pāpa’’nti āhaṃsu. Ekacce ‘‘ubhinnampi vo etaṃ pāpa’’nti āhaṃsu. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ pana te, mahārāja, atthi cittaṃ ‘ayaṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū’’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, bhante, kusalādhippāyo ahaṃ pesesiṃ – ‘samaggo bhikkhusaṅgho uposathaṃ karotū’’’ti. ‘‘Sace tvaṃ kusalādhippāyo, natthi tuyhaṃ pāpaṃ, amaccassevetaṃ pāpa’’nti. Rājā dveḷhakajāto āha – ‘‘atthi nu kho, bhante, koci bhikkhu mametaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, mahārāja, moggaliputtatissatthero nāma, so te imaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ samattho’’ti. Rājā tadaheva cattāro dhammakathike ekekabhikkhusahassaparivāre, cattāro ca amacce ekekapurisasahassaparivāre ‘‘theraṃ gaṇhitvā āgacchathā’’ti pesesi. Te gantvā ‘‘rājā pakkosatī’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero nāgacchi . Dutiyampi kho rājā aṭṭha dhammakathike, aṭṭha ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāreyeva pesesi – ‘‘‘rājā, bhante, pakkosatī’ti vatvā gaṇhitvāva āgacchathā’’ti. Te tatheva āhaṃsu. Dutiyampi thero nāgacchi. Rājā there pucchi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, dvikkhattuṃ pahiṇiṃ; kasmā thero nāgacchatī’’ti? ‘‘‘Rājā pakkosatī’ti vuttattā, mahārāja, nāgacchati. Evaṃ pana vutte āgaccheyya ‘sāsanaṃ, bhante, osīdati, amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ paggahatthāya sahāyakā hothā’’’ti. Atha rājā tathā vatvā soḷasa dhammakathike, soḷasa ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāre pesesi. Bhikkhū ca paṭipucchi – ‘‘mahallako nu kho, bhante, thero daharo nu kho’’ti? ‘‘Mahallako, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Vayhaṃ vā sivikaṃ vā abhiruhissati, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Nābhiruhissati, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kuhiṃ, bhante, thero vasatī’’ti? ‘‘Upari gaṅgāya, mahārājā’’ti. Rājā āha – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, nāvāsaṅghāṭaṃ bandhitvā tattheva theraṃ nisīdāpetvā dvīsupi tīresu ārakkhaṃ saṃvidhāya theraṃ ānethā’’ti. Bhikkhū ca amaccā ca therassa santikaṃ gantvā rañño sāsanaṃ ārocesuṃ.
长老听后心想:“我出家,本来就是为了从根上护持教法。现在这个时机终于到了。”于是他拿起皮垫就起身了。那时,国王在夜里梦见:“长老明天将到达华氏城。”梦境是这样的:一头纯白的大象走来,从国王的头顶开始触摸,然后握住了国王的右手。第二天,国王问解梦的人:“我做了这样的梦,会发生什么事?”其中一人说:“大王,一位沙门中的龙象将握住您的右手。”国王一听说“长老来了”,立刻赶到恒河岸边,下到河里,水没到膝盖时就迎到了长老。长老下船时,国王伸手去扶。长老握住了国王的右手。持剑的侍卫们看到这一幕,纷纷拔剑出鞘,喊道:“我们要砍下长老的头!”这是为什么?据说王宫里有这样的规矩:“谁握住国王的手,就该用剑砍下他的头。”国王只看到剑影,就说道:“我过去因为对比丘们做了错事,一直得不到安乐,你们千万不要再对长老做错事。”那么,长老为什么要握国王的手呢?因为国王为了问法而召请他,所以他把国王看作“这是我的弟子”,就握住了他的手。
Thero sutvā ‘‘yaṃ kho ahaṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissāmīti pabbajitomhi. Ayaṃ dāni me so kālo anuppatto’’ti cammakhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhitvāva uṭṭhahi. Atha ‘‘thero sve pāṭaliputtaṃ sampāpuṇissatī’’ti rattibhāge rājā supinaṃ addasa. Evarūpo supino ahosi – ‘‘sabbaseto hatthināgo āgantvā rājānaṃ sīsato paṭṭhāya parāmasitvā dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesī’’ti. Punadivase rājā supinajjhāyake pucchi – ‘‘mayā evarūpo supino diṭṭho, kiṃ me bhavissatī’’ti? Eko taṃ, ‘‘mahārāja, samaṇanāgo dakkhiṇahatthe gaṇhissatī’’ti. Atha rājā tāvadeva ‘‘thero āgato’’ti sutvā gaṅgātīraṃ gantvā nadiṃ otaritvā abbhuggacchanto jāṇumatte udake theraṃ sampāpuṇitvā therassa nāvāto otarantassa hatthaṃ adāsi. Thero rājānaṃ dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesi. Taṃ disvā asiggāhā ‘‘therassa sīsaṃ pātessāmā’’ti kosato asiṃ abbāhiṃsu. Kasmā? Etaṃ kira cārittaṃ rājakulesu – ‘‘yo rājānaṃ hatthe gaṇhati tassa asinā sīsaṃ pātetabba’’nti. Rājā chāyaṃyeva disvā āha – ‘‘pubbepi ahaṃ bhikkhūsu viraddhakāraṇā assādaṃ na vindāmi, mā kho there virajjhitthā’’ti. Thero pana kasmā rājānaṃ hatthe aggahesīti? Yasmā raññā pañhaṃ pucchanatthāya pakkosāpito tasmā ‘‘antevāsiko me aya’’nti aggahesi.
国王把长老带到自己的园林,从外面让人围了三圈,布置好守卫,又亲自给长老洗脚、涂油,然后坐在长老面前。为了试探长老,他问:“长老有没有能力断除我的疑惑,平息已经生起的争端,扶持教法?”接着他说:“尊者,我想看一个神变。”长老问:“大王,你想看哪一种神变?”“地动,尊者。”“大王,你是想看整个大地震动,还是局部地方震动?”“尊者,这两种里哪一种更难?”“大王,一只装满水的铜盆,要让整盆水都晃动难,还是让一半水晃动难?”“一半水,尊者。”“大王,同样道理,局部地方震动更难。”“那就这样吧,尊者,我要看局部地方震动。”“那么,大王,在周围一由旬的范围内:东边让一辆车停住,只有一个轮子压进界线;南边让一匹马停住,只有两只蹄子踏进界线;西边让一个人停住,只有一只脚踩进界线;北边让一只水盆停住,只有一半压进界线。”国王就照这样安排好了。长老进入第四禅作为神通的基础,出定后决意:“让国王看吧。”于是决意让一由旬范围的大地震动。东边,车停在界线内的那只轮子动了,另一只没动。同样,南边、西边,马和人的身体停在界线内的脚动了,另一半身体没动。北边,水盆里处在界线内的那一半水动了,剩下的水一动不动。国王看到这个神变后,确定“长老现在确实有能力扶持教法”,便问起自己心里的不安:“尊者,我曾派一位大臣去寺院,吩咐他‘平息争端后举行布萨’,他到了寺院却杀害了这么多比丘。这个恶业算谁的?”
Rājā theraṃ attano uyyānaṃ netvā bāhirato tikkhattuṃ parivārāpetvā ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā sayameva therassa pāde dhovitvā telena makkhetvā therassa santike nisīditvā ‘‘paṭibalo nu kho thero mama kaṅkhaṃ chinditvā uppannaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitu’’nti vīmaṃsanatthāya ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmo’’ti āha. ‘‘Kataraṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmosi, mahārājā’’ti? ‘‘Pathavīkampanaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sakalapathavīkampanaṃ daṭṭhukāmosi, mahārāja, padesapathavīkampana’’nti? ‘‘Kataraṃ panettha, bhante, dukkara’’nti? ‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, mahārāja, kaṃsapātiyā udakapuṇṇāya sabbaṃ udakaṃ kampetuṃ dukkaraṃ; udāhu upaḍḍha’’nti? ‘‘Upaḍḍhaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahārāja, padesapathavīkampanaṃ dukkara’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante, padesapathavīkampanaṃ passissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, mahārāja, samantato yojane puratthimāya disāya ekena cakkena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ratho tiṭṭhatu; dakkhiṇāya disāya dvīhi pādehi sīmaṃ akkamitvā asso tiṭṭhatu; pacchimāya disāya ekena pādena sīmaṃ akkamitvā puriso tiṭṭhatu; uttarāya disāya upaḍḍhabhāgena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ekā udakapāti tiṭṭhatū’’ti. Rājā tathā kārāpesi. Thero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya ‘‘rājā passatū’’ti yojanappamāṇapathavīcalanaṃ adhiṭṭhahi. Puratthimāya disāya rathassa antosīmāya ṭhito pādova cali, itaro na cali. Evaṃ dakkhiṇapacchimadisāsu assapurisānaṃ antosīmāya ṭhitapādāyeva caliṃsu, upaḍḍhupaḍḍhaṃ sarīrañca. Uttaradisāya udakapātiyāpi antosīmāya ṭhitaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgagatameva udakaṃ cali, avasesaṃ niccalamahosīti. Rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā ‘‘sakkhati dāni thero sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitu’’nti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā attano kukkuccaṃ pucchi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ amaccaṃ ‘vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī’ti pahiṇiṃ, so vihāraṃ gantvā ettake bhikkhū jīvitā voropesi, etaṃ pāpaṃ kassa hotī’’ti?
大王,你心里有没有这样的念头:“去精舍把比丘们杀掉”?没有,尊者。大王,如果你没有这样的念头,你就没有恶业。于是长老用这段经文让国王明白这个道理:比丘们,我说思就是业。有了思,就通过身、语、意来造业。
‘‘Kiṃ pana te, mahārāja, atthi cittaṃ ‘ayaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū’’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sace te, mahārāja, natthi evarūpaṃ cittaṃ, natthi tuyhaṃ pāpa’’nti. Atha thero rājānaṃ etamatthaṃ iminā suttena saññāpesi – ‘‘cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi. Cetayitvā kammaṃ karoti – kāyena vācāya manasā’’ti (a. ni. 6.63).
为了说明这个意思,他引用了《鹧鸪本生》:“过去,大王,一只媒鸟鹧鸪问一位苦行者——
Tamevatthaṃ paridīpetuṃ tittirajātakaṃ (jā. 1.4.75) āhari – ‘‘atīte, mahārāja, dīpakatittiro tāpasaṃ pucchi –
“那是我们的亲戚坐在那里”,所以很多人赶过来。
他依业而受触,我对此心生疑惑。
‘Ñātako no nisinnoti, bahu āgacchatī jano; Paṭicca kammaṃ phusati, tasmiṃ me saṅkate mano’ti.
苦行者说:“那你有没有这样的心念:让这些鸟因为听到我的声音、看到我的样子而飞过来,然后被抓住或者被杀掉?”鹧鸪回答:“没有,尊者。”于是苦行者对它开示说:“如果你没有这样的心念,就没有恶业;因为只有动了心念的人才会沾上恶业,没有动心念的人不会。”
Tāpaso āha – ‘atthi pana te cittaṃ mama saddena ca rūpadassanena ca āgantvā ete pakkhino bajjhantu vā haññantu vā’ti? ‘Natthi, bhante’ti tittiro āha. Tato naṃ tāpaso saññāpesi – ‘sace te natthi cittaṃ, natthi pāpaṃ; cetayantameva hi pāpaṃ phusati, nācetayantaṃ.
若心不染污,则不依业而触。
不焦虑、贤善的人,恶业不会沾染他。
‘Na paṭicca kammaṃ phusati, mano ce nappadussati; Appossukkassa bhadrassa, na pāpamupalimpatī’’’ti.
长老这样开导国王之后,就在那座王苑里住了七天,教导国王法义。到第七天,国王在无忧园召集比丘僧团,围起布幔,坐在布幔里面,让持同一见解的比丘各自聚在一处,然后一组一组地召来,问他们:“正自觉者持什么主张?”那些常见论者回答:“持常见。”一分常见论者……(中略)……有边无边论者……诡辩论者……无因生论者……有想论者……无想论者……非想非非想论者……断灭论者……现法涅槃论者回答:“持现法涅槃。”国王因为先前已经掌握了法义,知道“这些人不是比丘,是外道”,就发给他们白衣,让他们还俗。这些人总共六万人。
Evaṃ thero rājānaṃ saññāpetvā tattheva rājuyyāne satta divasāni vasanto rājānaṃ samayaṃ uggaṇhāpesi. Rājā sattame divase asokārāme bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā sāṇipākārantare nisinno ekaladdhike ekaladdhike bhikkhū ekato ekato kārāpetvā ekamekaṃ bhikkhusamūhaṃ pakkosāpetvā pucchi – ‘‘kiṃvādī sammāsambuddho’’ti? Tatosassatavādino ‘‘sassatavādī’’ti āhaṃsu. Ekaccasassatikā…pe… antānantikā… amarāvikkhepikā… adhiccasamuppannikā… saññīvādā… asaññīvādā… nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā … ucchedavādā… diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādā ‘‘diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā paṭhamameva samayassa uggahitattā ‘‘nayime bhikkhū, aññatitthiyā ime’’ti ñatvā tesaṃ setakāni vatthāni datvā uppabbājesi. Te sabbepi saṭṭhisahassā ahesuṃ.
然后国王又叫人把其他比丘请来,问他们:“尊者,正自觉者持什么论?”他们回答:“大王,是分别说论。”听了这话,国王又问那位长老:“尊者,正自觉者持分别说论吗?”长老回答:“是的,大王。”于是国王说:“尊者,现在教法清净了。请比丘僧团举行布萨吧。”他安排好护卫后,就进城去了。
Athaññe bhikkhū pakkosāpetvā pucchi – ‘‘kiṃvādī, bhante, sammāsambuddho’’ti? ‘‘Vibhajjavādī, mahārājā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte rājā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘vibhajjavādī, bhante, sammāsambuddho’’ti? ‘‘Āma, mahārājā’’ti. Tato rājā ‘‘suddhaṃ dāni, bhante, sāsanaṃ; karotu bhikkhusaṅgho uposatha’’nti ārakkhaṃ datvā nagaraṃ pāvisi.
僧团和合聚集,举行了布萨。那次集会中有六百万比丘。在那次集会中,目犍连子帝须长老摧破外道之说,宣说了《论事》。然后,从六百万比丘中挑选出一千位通达三藏、具足无碍解、拥有三明等功德的比丘。就像大迦叶长老和迦干陀子耶舍长老结集法与律那样,他同样结集法与律,清除教法的一切垢秽,完成了第三结集。结集结束时,大地以种种方式震动。这次结集历时九个月才完成。这就是世间所称的——
Samaggo saṅgho sannipatitvā uposathaṃ akāsi. Tasmiṃ sannipāte saṭṭhi bhikkhusatasahassāni ahesuṃ. Tasmiṃ samāgame moggaliputtatissatthero parappavādaṃ maddamāno kathāvatthuppakaraṇaṃ abhāsi. Tato saṭṭhisatasahassasaṅkhyesu bhikkhūsu uccinitvā tipiṭakapariyattidharānaṃ pabhinnapaṭisambhidānaṃ tevijjādibhedānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sahassamekaṃ gahetvā yathā mahākassapatthero ca kākaṇḍakaputto yasatthero ca dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyiṃsu; evameva dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyanto sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ visodhetvā tatiyasaṅgītiṃ akāsi. Saṅgītipariyosāne anekappakāraṃ pathavī akampittha. Ayaṃ saṅgīti navahi māsehi niṭṭhitā. Yā loke –
因为是由一千位比丘完成的,所以称为“千数结集”;
依止前两次,就称为第三次。
Katā bhikkhusahassena, tasmā sahassikāti ca; Purimā dve upādāya, tatiyāti ca vuccatīti.
这就是第三次结集。
Ayaṃ tatiyasaṅgīti.
到这里为止,为了回答“是谁传来的”这个问题,我们前面已经说过:“在赡部洲,从优波离长老开始,通过一代代师父相承,一直到第三次结集,是这样传下来的。”这里,师父相承的次第如下——
Ettāvatā ca ‘‘kenābhata’’nti etassa pañhassa vissajjanatthaṃ yaṃ avocumha – ‘‘jambudīpe tāva upālittheramādiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhataṃ. Tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā –
优波离、陀娑迦、索那迦,以及私伽婆;
目犍连子帝须,这五位是已战胜魔障的人。
在阎浮胜光岛上,律藏通过师徒代代相传。
不被截断的当下,直到第三次结集。
‘‘Upāli dāsako ceva, soṇako siggavo tathā; Tisso moggaliputto ca, pañcete vijitāvino. ‘‘Paramparāya vinayaṃ, dīpe jambusirivhaye; Acchijjamānamānesuṃ, tatiyo yāva saṅgaho’’ti.
它的含义已经清楚地说明了。
Tassattho pakāsitova hoti.
不过,从第三次结集之后,传到这座岛上的律藏是玛欣德等人带来的。从玛欣德那里学得之后,有一段时间是由阿利咤长老等人传承的。从那时起直到今天,应当知道,它是由他们的弟子一代代相续、师徒传承而来的。正如古人所说:
Tatiyasaṅgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ mahindādīhi ābhataṃ. Mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ. Tato yāvajjatanā tesaṃyeva antevāsikaparamparabhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhatanti veditabbaṃ. Yathāhu porāṇā –
从那以后,有玛欣德、伊帝耶、郁帝耶,同样还有桑波罗;
还有一位名叫跋陀那摩的智者。
这些龙象拥有大智慧,从赡部洲来到这里。
他们诵出了律藏,以及铜掌岛的三藏。
他们诵出了五部尼柯耶,以及七部论;
此后,聪慧的阿利咤与智者帝须达多。
无畏的咖拉苏马诺,还有名为长名的长老;
还有智者长须摩那。
又有黑须摩那、那伽长老和佛护;
还有有智慧的帝须长老,以及聪慧的天长老。
又有欢喜而聪慧的须摩那,在律藏方面也无所畏惧。
多闻的朱拉那伽,像大象一样难以撼动。
还有一位名叫法护的人,在罗诃那深受善士敬奉。
他的弟子具大智慧,名为安稳,是三藏师。
就像岛上的星王一样,他以智慧光芒远超众人。
优波帝须也有智慧,弗沙天是善说妙语的大论师。
又有须摩那智者,名叫普婆,多闻博学;
大论师大吉祥,于三藏一切处精通。
再说,优波离很有智慧,对律藏也很通达;
摩诃那伽大长老具大智慧,精通正法传承。
还有智者阿跋亚,于藏一切处皆善巧;
帝须长老也有智慧,在律藏方面通达无碍。
他的弟子乃大智慧者,名为普婆,博学多闻;
护持教法,安住于赡部洲。
还有聪慧的小无畏,在律藏方面通达无碍;
帝沙长老,具慧者,精通正法传承。
还有聪慧的朱拉提婆,对律藏无所畏惧。
还有智慧具足的湿婆长老,对律藏的一切处都通达善巧。
这些龙象拥有大智慧,通晓律藏,善知道路;
他们在铜掌岛阐明了律藏和三藏。
‘‘Tato mahindo iṭṭiyo, uttiyo sambalo tathā; Bhaddanāmo ca paṇḍito. ‘‘Ete nāgā mahāpaññā, jambudīpā idhāgatā; Vinayaṃ te vācayiṃsu, piṭakaṃ tambapaṇṇiyā. ‘‘Nikāye pañca vācesuṃ, satta ceva pakaraṇe; Tato ariṭṭho medhāvī, tissadatto ca paṇḍito. ‘‘Visārado kāḷasumano, thero ca dīghanāmako; Dīghasumano ca paṇḍito. ‘‘Punadeva kāḷasumano, nāgatthero ca buddharakkhito; Tissatthero ca medhāvī, devatthero ca paṇḍito. ‘‘Punadeva sumano medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado; Bahussuto cūḷanāgo, gajova duppadhaṃsiyo. ‘‘Dhammapālitanāmo ca, rohaṇe sādhupūjito; Tassa sisso mahāpañño, khemanāmo tipeṭako. ‘‘Dīpe tārakarājāva, paññāya atirocatha; Upatisso ca medhāvī, phussadevo mahākathī. ‘‘Punadeva sumano medhāvī, pupphanāmo bahussuto; Mahākathī mahāsivo, piṭake sabbattha kovido. ‘‘Punadeva upāli medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado; Mahānāgo mahāpañño, saddhammavaṃsakovido. ‘‘Punadeva abhayo medhāvī, piṭake sabbattha kovido; Tissatthero ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado. ‘‘Tassa sisso mahāpañño, pupphanāmo bahussuto; Sāsanaṃ anurakkhanto, jambudīpe patiṭṭhito. ‘‘Cūḷābhayo ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado; Tissatthero ca medhāvī, saddhammavaṃsakovido. ‘‘Cūḷadevo ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado; Sivatthero ca medhāvī, vinaye sabbattha kovido. ‘‘Ete nāgā mahāpaññā, vinayaññū maggakovidā; Vinayaṃ dīpe pakāsesuṃ, piṭakaṃ tambapaṇṇiyā’’ti.
关于这件事,有一段按顺序的讲述:据说,目犍连子帝须长老完成这第三次结集后,这样想:“未来教法在哪里才能善加安立呢?”他仔细考察时,心里生起这个念头:“在边地诸国将会善加安立。”于是他把担子交给各位比丘,派遣这些比丘前往各地。他派末阐提长老去迦湿弥罗和犍陀罗国,说:“你去那个国家,在那里建立教法。”同样交代之后,派大天长老去摩醯娑曼陀罗,派勒弃多长老去婆那婆私,派臾那迦法护长老去阿波兰多迦,派大法护长老去摩诃勒咤,派大勒弃多长老去臾那迦世界,派末示摩长老去雪山地区,派索那长老和郁多罗长老去金地。他又派自己的共住弟子玛欣德长老,与伊帝耶长老、郁帝耶长老、桑波罗长老、跋陀娑罗长老一起前往铜掌岛,说:“你们去铜掌岛,在那里建立教法。”所有前往各方的人,都是五人一组同行,他们想:“在边地诸国,五位比丘组成的僧团就足以授具足戒了。”
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – moggaliputtatissatthero kira imaṃ tatiyadhammasaṅgītiṃ katvā evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘kattha nu kho anāgate sāsanaṃ suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhaveyyā’’ti? Athassa upaparikkhato etadahosi – ‘‘paccantimesu kho janapadesu suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. So tesaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhāraṃ katvā te te bhikkhū tattha tattha pesesi. Majjhantikattheraṃ kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhaṃ pesesi – ‘‘tvaṃ etaṃ raṭṭhaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehī’’ti. Mahādevattheraṃ tatheva vatvā mahiṃsakamaṇḍalaṃ pesesi. Rakkhitattheraṃ vanavāsiṃ. Yonakadhammarakkhitattheraṃ aparantakaṃ. Mahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ mahāraṭṭhaṃ. Mahārakkhitattheraṃ yonakalokaṃ. Majjhimattheraṃ himavantadesabhāgaṃ. Soṇattherañca uttarattherañca suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ. Attano saddhivihārikaṃ mahindattheraṃ iṭṭiyattherena uttiyattherena sambalattherena bhaddasālattherena ca saddhiṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesesi – ‘‘tumhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpethā’’ti. Sabbepi taṃ taṃ disābhāgaṃ gacchantā attapañcamā agamaṃsu ‘‘paccantimesu janapadesu pañcavaggo gaṇo alaṃ upasampadakammāyā’’ti maññamānā.
那时,在迦湿弥罗和犍陀罗国,正当庄稼成熟的时候,有一位名叫阿罗婆罗的龙王降下冰雹暴雨,毁坏了庄稼,把它们冲进了大海。末阐提长老从华氏城腾空而起,飞到雪山,降落在阿罗婆罗湖的上方,在湖面上经行、站立、坐下,甚至躺卧休息。龙子们看见了他,就去报告龙王阿罗婆罗:“大王,有一个穿着割截衣的秃头沙门,弄脏了我们的水。”龙王立刻被愤怒冲昏了头,冲出来看见长老,实在忍不下这口气,就在空中变出种种恐怖景象。四面八方刮起狂风,树木被吹断,山峰崩塌,乌云轰鸣,闪电划破天空,霹雳一个接一个地劈下来,仿佛天穹裂开了,大水倾泻而下。模样可怕的龙子们纷纷聚集过来。龙王自己也冒着浓烟,浑身燃烧,降下武器之雨。他用“这个秃头、穿割截衣的是谁”之类粗恶的话来恐吓长老,又对龙众下令:“来!抓住他!打他!把这个沙门赶走!”长老以自己的神通力挡下了这一切恐怖景象,对龙王说:
Tena kho pana samayena kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhe sassapākasamaye aravāḷo nāma nāgarājā karakavassaṃ nāma vassāpetvā sassaṃ harāpetvā mahāsamuddaṃ pāpeti. Majjhantikatthero pana pāṭaliputtato vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā himavati aravāḷadahassa upari otaritvā aravāḷadahapiṭṭhiyaṃ caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti. Nāgamāṇavakā taṃ disvā aravāḷassa nāgarājassa ārocesuṃ – ‘‘mahārāja, eko chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍu kāsāvavasano amhākaṃ udakaṃ dūsetī’’ti. Nāgarājā tāvadeva kodhābhibhūto nikkhamitvā theraṃ disvā makkhaṃ asahamāno antalikkhe anekāni bhiṃsanakāni nimmini. Tato tato bhusā vātā vāyanti, rukkhā chijjanti, pabbatakūṭāni patanti, meghā gajjanti, vijjulatā niccharanti, asaniyo phalanti, bhinnaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ udakaṃ paggharati. Bhayānakarūpā nāgakumārā sannipatanti. Sayampi dhūmāyati, pajjalati, paharaṇavuṭṭhiyo vissajjeti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ muṇḍako chinnabhinnapaṭadharo’’tiādīhi pharusavacanehi theraṃ santajjesi. ‘‘Etha gaṇhatha hanatha niddhamatha imaṃ samaṇa’’nti nāgabalaṃ āṇāpesi. Thero sabbaṃ taṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ attano iddhibalena paṭibāhitvā nāgarājānaṃ āha –
就算包括天界在内的整个世界都来恐吓我,
他根本没办法让我生起恐惧和惊怖。
就算你把整个大地,连同海洋和群山,
把大龙举起来,朝我身上扔过来吧。
你根本没办法让我产生恐惧和惊怖。
龙王啊,这只会给你自己带来毁灭。
‘‘Sadevakopi ce loko, āgantvā tāsayeyya maṃ; Na me paṭibalo assa, janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ. ‘‘Sacepi tvaṃ mahiṃ sabbaṃ, sasamuddaṃ sapabbataṃ; Ukkhipitvā mahānāga, khipeyyāsi mamūpari. ‘‘Neva me sakkuṇeyyāsi, janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ; Aññadatthu tavevassa, vighāto uragādhipā’’ti.
听到这话,龙王的神通威力已被击垮,努力全都白费,痛苦又沮丧。长老随即应机为他说法,开示、劝导、鼓励、令他欢喜,然后让他和八万四千龙众一起安立于三皈依和五戒之中。其他许多住在雪山的夜叉、干闼婆和鸠槃荼,听了长老说法后,也安立于皈依和戒中。还有五位夜叉,连同他们的夜叉妻子和五百个孩子,都安立于初果。这时,尊者末阐提长老把所有的龙、夜叉和罗刹都召集过来,这样说道——
Evaṃ vutte nāgarājā vihatānubhāvo nipphalavāyāmo dukkhī dummano ahosi. Taṃ thero taṅkhaṇānurūpāya dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpesi saddhiṃ caturāsītiyā nāgasahassehi. Aññepi bahū himavantavāsino yakkhā ca gandhabbā ca kumbhaṇḍā ca therassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Pañcakopi yakkho saddhiṃ bhariyāya yakkhiniyā pañcahi ca puttasatehi paṭhame phale patiṭṭhito. Athāyasmā majjhantikatthero sabbepi nāgayakkharakkhase āmantetvā evamāha –
从今以后,不要再像以前那样生起愤怒了;
不要伤害谷物,因为众生都渴望安乐;
你们要对众生修慈,愿人们安乐地生活。
‘‘Mā dāni kodhaṃ janayittha, ito uddhaṃ yathā pure; Sassaghātañca mā kattha, sukhakāmā hi pāṇino; Karotha mettaṃ sattesu, vasantu manujā sukha’’nti.
他们所有人都回答长老说:“善哉,尊者!”然后按照教导去做。就在那一天,正好是龙王作供养的时候。于是龙王让人把自己那宝石做的宝座拿来,为长老铺好。长老坐在宝座上,龙王也站在旁边为长老扇风。就在那时,迦湿弥罗和犍陀罗国的居民来到这里,看见长老后说:“这位长老比我们的龙王神通还大。”于是只向长老礼拜,然后坐下。长老为他们讲说了《蛇喻经》。讲经结束时,八万众生获得法眼,十万家族出家。从那时起,迦湿弥罗和犍陀罗直到今天,袈裟光辉灿烂,盛行仙人风、逆仙人风。
Te sabbepi ‘‘sādhu bhante’’ti therassa paṭissuṇitvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjiṃsu. Taṃdivasameva ca nāgarājassa pūjāsamayo hoti. Atha nāgarājā attano ratanamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ āharāpetvā therassa paññapesi. Nisīdi thero pallaṅke. Nāgarājāpi theraṃ bījayamāno samīpe aṭṭhāsi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhavāsino āgantvā theraṃ disvā ‘‘amhākaṃ nāgarājatopi thero mahiddhikataro’’ti therameva vanditvā nisinnā. Thero tesaṃ āsīvisopamasuttaṃ kathesi . Suttapariyosāne asītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, kulasatasahassaṃ pabbaji. Tato pabhuti ca kasmīragandhārā yāvajjatanā kāsāvapajjotā isivātapaṭivātā eva.
那时,仙人末阐提前往迦湿弥罗和犍陀罗。
让凶暴的龙心生净信,使众多众生从束缚中解脱出来。
Gantvā kasmīragandhāraṃ, isi majjhantiko tadā; Duṭṭhaṃ nāgaṃ pasādetvā, mocesi bandhanā bahūti.
大天长老也去了摩醯沙迦地区,讲了《天使经》。经讲完的时候,四万众生获得了法眼,四万众生出了家。
Mahādevattheropi mahiṃsakamaṇḍalaṃ gantvā devadūtasuttaṃ kathesi. Suttapariyosāne cattālīsa pāṇasahassāni dhammacakkhuṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, cattālīsaṃyeva pāṇasahassāni pabbajiṃsu.
具足大神力的大天,到了摩醯沙国之后,
他先用阎魔的使者们来警告、督促,然后让许多人从束缚中解脱出来。
Gantvāna raṭṭhaṃ mahiṃsaṃ, mahādevo mahiddhiko; Codetvā devadūtehi, mocesi bandhanā bahūti.
护持长老则前往林居之处,站在空中,以无始轮回的讲法让林居者们生起净信。说法结束时,有六万人获得法的现观。约七万人出家,五百座精舍得以建立。如此,他在那里建立了教法。
Rakkhitatthero pana vanavāsiṃ gantvā ākāse ṭhatvā anamataggapariyāyakathāya vanavāsike pasādesi. Kathāpariyosāne panassa saṭṭhisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Sattatisahassamattā pabbajiṃsu, pañcavihārasatāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
具大神通的护持长老,前往林居地后,
他站在虚空中,就在那里宣说了“无始相应”。
Gantvāna rakkhitatthero, vanavāsiṃ mahiddhiko; Antalikkhe ṭhito tattha, desesi anamataggiyanti.
这位臾那族出身的法护长老也去了阿波兰多迦,靠讲说《火聚喻经》让阿波兰多迦人生起净信,让七万众生尝到了法的甘露。光是刹帝利家族里,就有一千名男子出家,另外还有超过六千名女子出家。他就这样在那个地方把教法建立了起来。
Yonakadhammarakkhitattheropi aparantakaṃ gantvā aggikkhandhopamasuttantakathāya aparantake pasādetvā sattati pāṇasahassāni dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Khattiyakulato eva purisasahassāni pabbajiṃsu, samadhikāni ca cha itthisahassāni. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
臾那法护深入阿波兰多迦后,
在这里,他用火堆的比喻,让许多人产生了净信。
Aparantaṃ vigāhitvā, yonako dhammarakkhito; Aggikkhandhopamenettha, pasādesi jane bahūti.
大法护长老则去了摩诃罗吒,用《摩诃那罗陀迦叶本生经》的说法让摩诃罗吒人生起净信,使八万四千众生安立于道果。一万三千人出家。他就这样在那里建立了教法。
Mahādhammarakkhitatthero pana mahāraṭṭhaṃ gantvā mahānāradakassapajātakakathāya mahāraṭṭhake pasādetvā caturāsīti pāṇasahassāni maggaphalesu patiṭṭhāpesi. Terasasahassāni pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
那位大法护仙人去了摩诃罗咤,
讲完本生经后,他让大众生起了净信。
Mahāraṭṭhaṃ isi gantvā, so mahādhammarakkhito; Jātakaṃ kathayitvāna, pasādesi mahājananti.
大护长老也去了臾那国,靠讲《迦罗迦兰园经》让臾那地方的人心生净信,然后让超过十七万的有情得到道与果的庄严成就。在他跟前有一万人出家。就这样,他也在那里把教法建立了起来。
Mahārakkhitattheropi yonakaraṭṭhaṃ gantvā kāḷakārāmasuttantakathāya yonakalokaṃ pasādetvā sattatisahassādhikassa pāṇasatasahassassa maggaphalālaṅkāraṃ adāsi. Santike cassa dasasahassāni pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ sopi tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
那时,那位大护仙人去了臾那国后,
他用《迦罗迦兰园经》让那些臾那人产生了净信。
Yonaraṭṭhaṃ tadā gantvā, so mahārakkhito isi; Kāḷakārāmasuttena te pasādesi yonaketi.
中部长老和迦叶姓长老、阿罗迦天长老、敦杜比萨罗长老、大天长老一起,前往雪山地区。他通过讲说《转法轮经》,让那个地方的人心生净信,使八十俱胝众生获得了道果之宝。五位长老还各自让五个国家的人心生净信。每人身边大约有十万人出家。就这样,他们在那里把教法建立了起来。
Majjhimatthero pana kassapagottattherena aḷakadevattherena dundubhissarattherena mahādevattherena ca saddhiṃ himavantadesabhāgaṃ gantvā dhammacakkappavattanasuttantakathāya taṃ desaṃ pasādetvā asītipāṇakoṭiyo maggaphalaratanāni paṭilābhesi. Pañcapi ca therā pañca raṭṭhāni pasādesuṃ. Ekamekassa santike satasahassamattā pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ te tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
中部长老到了雪山后,让那里的人们生起了净信。
为夜叉众开示,宣说转法轮。
Gantvāna majjhimatthero, himavantaṃ pasādayi; Yakkhasenaṃ pakāsento, dhammacakkapavattananti.
索那长老也和乌塔拉长老一起去了金地。那时候,当地有个女罗刹从海里出来,王族里每出生一个婴儿,她就吃掉。就在那天,王族里刚好有一个婴儿出生。人们看见长老,以为“这是罗刹的同伙”,就拿起武器,想上前打长老。长老问:“你们为什么拿着武器过来?”他们回答:“王族里每出生的婴儿都被罗刹吃掉,你们是它们的同伙。”长老说:“我们不是罗刹的同伙。我们是沙门,已经远离杀生……乃至远离饮酒,一天只吃一餐,持戒清净,具足善法。”就在那一刻,那个女罗刹带着随从从海里出来了,心想:“王族里生了婴儿,我要去吃他。”人们看见她,吓得哭喊:“尊者,那个罗刹来了!”长老变出比罗刹多一倍的化身,用那些化身把女罗刹和她的随从围在中间,从两边包抄。女罗刹和她的随从心想:“这地方肯定已经被他们占了,我们要变成他们的食物了。”所有罗刹都害怕了,飞快地逃走。长老把他们赶得看不见踪影,然后在岛的四周设下了守护。那时,他为聚集来的大众讲说《梵网经》,让他们心生欢喜,并使他们安住在皈依和戒律中。当时有六万人得法现观。贵族男子有三千五百人出家,贵族女子也有一千五百人出家。他就在那里建立了教法。从那时起,王族里出生的婴儿都取名为索那乌塔拉。
Soṇattheropi saddhiṃ uttarattherena suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ agamāsi. Tena ca samayena tattha ekā rakkhasī samuddato nikkhamitvā rājakule jāte jāte dārake khādati. Taṃdivasameva ca rājakule eko dārako jāto hoti. Manussā theraṃ disvā ‘‘rakkhasānaṃ sahāyako eso’’ti maññamānā āvudhāni gahetvā theraṃ paharitukāmā āgacchanti. Thero ‘‘kiṃ tumhe āvudhahatthā āgacchathā’’ti āha. Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘rājakule jāte jāte dārake rakkhasā khādanti, tesaṃ tumhe sahāyakā’’ti. Thero ‘‘na mayaṃ rakkhasānaṃ sahāyakā, samaṇā nāma mayaṃ viratā pāṇātipātā…pe… viratā majjapānā ekabhattikā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā’’ti āha. Tasmiṃyeva ca khaṇe sā rakkhasī saparivārā samuddato nikkhami ‘‘rājakule dārako jāto taṃ khādissāmī’’ti. Manussā taṃ disvā ‘‘esā, bhante, rakkhasī āgacchatī’’ti bhītā viraviṃsu. Thero rakkhasehi diguṇe attabhāve nimminitvā tehi attabhāvehi taṃ rakkhasiṃ saparisaṃ majjhe katvā ubhosu passesu parikkhipi . Tassā saparisāya etadahosi – ‘‘addhā imehi idaṃ ṭhānaṃ laddhaṃ bhavissati. Mayaṃ pana imesaṃ bhakkhā bhavissāmā’’ti. Sabbe rakkhasā bhītā vegasā palāyiṃsu. Theropi te yāva adassanaṃ tāva palāpetvā dīpassa samantato rakkhaṃ ṭhapesi. Tasmiñca samaye sannipatitaṃ mahājanakāyaṃ brahmajālasuttantakathāya pasādetvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpesi. Saṭṭhisahassānaṃ panettha dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Kuladārakānaṃ aḍḍhuḍḍhāni sahassāni pabbajiṃsu, kuladhītānaṃ diyaḍḍhasahassaṃ. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Tato pabhuti rājakule jātadārakānaṃ soṇuttaranāmameva karonti.
索奴塔罗两位大神力者到了金地之后,
驱走了诸夜叉后,便开示了《梵网经》。
Suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ gantvāna, soṇuttarā mahiddhikā; Pisāce niddhametvāna, brahmajālaṃ adesisunti.
玛欣德长老被戒师和比丘僧团劝请说:“你去铜叶岛把教法建立起来吧。”于是他心里想:“现在是我去铜叶岛的时机了吗?还是没到呢?”他这样审察的时候,觉得“现在还不到时候”。他是看到了什么才这样想的呢?他看到穆塔西瓦王已经年老了。于是他心想:“这位国王年纪大了,没法靠他来弘扬教法。现在他的儿子天爱帝须将要治理国家。靠着他,就能弘扬教法了。趁那个时机还没到,我先去看看亲戚吧。以后我们还会不会再回到这个地方,也说不准。”他这样想完之后,礼敬了戒师和比丘僧团,从无忧园出来,和以伊提耶为首的四位长老、僧伽蜜多的儿子须摩那沙弥,还有近事男般度迦一起,绕着王舍城,在南山区一带游行走访,探望亲戚,过了六个月。然后他逐渐来到了母亲居住的韦提萨城。据说阿育王在还是王子的时候得到封地,前往优禅尼,到了韦提萨城后,娶了韦提萨富商的女儿。她当天就怀了孕,在优禅尼生下了玛欣德王子。王子十四岁那年,国王举行了灌顶登基。他的母亲那时候住在亲戚家里。所以这样说:“然后他逐渐来到了母亲居住的韦提萨城。”
Mahindatthero pana ‘‘tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehī’’ti upajjhāyena ca bhikkhusaṅghena ca ajjhiṭṭho cintesi – ‘‘kālo nu kho me tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantuṃ no’’ti. Athassa vīmaṃsato ‘‘na tāva kālo’’ti ahosi. Kiṃ panassa disvā etadahosi? Muṭasivarañño mahallakabhāvaṃ. Tato cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ rājā mahallako, na sakkā imaṃ gaṇhitvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ. Idāni panassa putto devānaṃpiyatisso rajjaṃ kāressati. Taṃ gaṇhitvā sakkā bhavissati sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ. Handa yāva so samayo āgacchati, tāva ñātake olokema. Puna dāni mayaṃ imaṃ janapadaṃ āgaccheyyāma vā na vā’’ti. So evaṃ cintetvā upajjhāyañca bhikkhusaṅghañca vanditvā asokārāmato nikkhamma tehi iṭṭiyādīhi catūhi therehi saṅghamittāya puttena sumanasāmaṇerena bhaṇḍukena ca upāsakena saddhiṃ rājagahanagaraparivattakena dakkhiṇāgirijanapade cārikaṃ caramāno ñātake olokento cha māse atikkāmesi. Athānupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ vedisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto. Asoko kira kumārakāle janapadaṃ labhitvā ujjeniṃ gacchanto vedisanagaraṃ patvā vedisaseṭṭhissa dhītaraṃ aggahesi. Sā taṃdivasameva gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā ujjeniyaṃ mahindakumāraṃ vijāyi. Kumārassa cuddasavassakāle rājā abhisekaṃ pāpuṇi. Sā tassa mātā tena samayena ñātighare vasati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘athānupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ veṭisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto’’ti.
王后母亲见到长老来到,就用头礼拜长老的双足,供养了食物,然后请长老住进她自己建造的名为韦提萨山大寺的寺院。长老坐在那座寺院里想:“我们在这里该做的事已经完成了,现在是不是该去兰卡岛了?”接着又想:“先让天爱帝须受用我父亲送去的灌顶即位吧,让他听闻三宝的功德,也为庆贺节日出城登上弥沙迦山,到那时我们就能在那里见到他。”之后他又在那里住了整整一个月。过了一个月,在雨季月满月的布萨日,所有集会的大众商议:“我们去铜叶岛的时机到了吗?还是没到?”因此古人说:
Sampattañca pana theraṃ disvā theramātā devī pādesu sirasā vanditvā bhikkhaṃ datvā theraṃ attanā kataṃ vedisagirimahāvihāraṃ nāma āropesi. Thero tasmiṃ vihāre nisinno cintesi – ‘‘amhākaṃ idha kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ, samayo nu kho idāni laṅkādīpaṃ gantu’’nti. Tato cintesi – ‘‘anubhavatu tāva me pitarā pesitaṃ abhisekaṃ devānaṃpiyatisso, ratanattayaguṇañca suṇātu, chaṇatthañca nagarato nikkhamitvā missakapabbataṃ abhiruhatu, tadā taṃ tattha dakkhissāmā’’ti. Athāparaṃ ekamāsaṃ tattheva vāsaṃ kappesi. Māsātikkamena ca jeṭṭhamūlamāsapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase sannipatitā sabbepi – ‘‘kālo nu kho amhākaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gamanāya, udāhu no’’ti mantayiṃsu. Tenāhu porāṇā –
有位名叫马欣德的长老,那时是僧团中的上座。
伊提亚长老、乌提亚长老,还有跋陀沙罗和桑波罗。
这位沙弥叫须摩那,他有六种神通,具足大威力;
般度迦是他们的第七位,是已见谛的居士优婆塞。
这些大德长老就这样在僻静处商议。
‘‘Mahindo nāma nāmena, saṅghatthero tadā ahu; Iṭṭiyo uttiyo thero, bhaddasālo ca sambalo. ‘‘Sāmaṇero ca sumano, chaḷabhiñño mahiddhiko; Bhaṇḍuko sattamo tesaṃ, diṭṭhasacco upāsako; Iti hete mahānāgā, mantayiṃsu rahogatā’’ti.
那时,帝释天来到玛欣德长老面前,对他说:“尊者,穆塔西瓦王已经去世,现在天爱帝须大王治理国家。正自觉者曾为你们授记:‘未来会有一位名叫玛欣德的比丘,让铜叶岛生起信心。’所以,尊者,现在是前往那座殊胜岛屿的时候了,我也会做你们的同伴。”帝释天为什么这样说呢?原来,世尊在菩提树下用佛眼观察世间时,就预见到这座岛未来的兴盛,把这件事告诉了他,还吩咐说:“到那时你也要做他的同伴。”所以帝释天才这样说。长老接受了他的话,和另外六个人一起从韦提萨山腾空而起,降落在阿努拉德普勒城东边的弥沙迦山上。这座山如今也被称为“支提山”。因此古人说:
Tadā sakko devānamindo mahindattheraṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘kālaṅkato, bhante, muṭasivarājā; idāni devānaṃpiyatissamahārājā rajjaṃ kāreti. Sammāsambuddhena ca tumhe byākatā – ‘anāgate mahindo nāma bhikkhu tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pasādessatī’ti. Tasmātiha vo, bhante, kālo dīpavaraṃ gamanāya; ahampi vo sahāyo bhavissāmī’’ti. Kasmā pana sakko evamāha? Bhagavā kirassa bodhimūleyeva buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ voloketvā anāgate imassa dīpassa sampattiṃ disvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘tadā tvampi sahāyo bhaveyyāsī’’ti ca āṇāpesi. Tasmā evamāha. Thero tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā attasattamo veṭisakapabbatā vehāsaṃ uppatitvā anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāya missakapabbate patiṭṭhahi. Yaṃ panetarahi ‘‘cetiyapabbato’’tipi sañjānanti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
在韦提萨山和王舍城住满三十夜后,
正是出发的时候了,我们前往那座最殊胜的岛。
他们离开了赡部洲,就像鹅王飞在天空中。
长老们就这样腾空而起,降落在那座最殊胜的山上。
在胜者之城的前方,有一座像云一样的山;
他们登上了戒蕴之峰,就像天鹅落在山顶上。
‘‘Veṭisagirimhi rājagahe, vasitvā tiṃsarattiyo; Kālova gamanassāti, gacchāma dīpamuttamaṃ. ‘‘Paḷīnā jambudīpā te, haṃsarājāva ambare; Evamuppatitā therā, nipatiṃsu naguttame. ‘‘Purato puraseṭṭhassa, pabbate meghasannibhe; Patiṃsu sīlakūṭamhi, haṃsāva nagamuddhanī’’ti.
应当知道:具寿玛欣德长老与伊提亚等人一起来到后,就在这座岛上安住下来;他是在正自觉者般涅槃后第二百三十六年,登上这座岛的。因为正自觉者是在阿阇世王第八年般涅槃的。就在那一年,狮子王之子、铜掌岛的首位国王维阇耶王子来到这座岛,建立了人类居住地。阎浮提的优陀耶跋陀王第十四年,维阇耶在这里去世。优陀耶跋陀王第十五年,一个名叫般度婆苏提婆的人在这座岛上取得了王位。龙仆王第二十年,般度婆苏提婆在这里去世。也就在那一年,一个名叫无畏的王子在这座岛上取得了王位。须修那伽王第十七年,无畏王在这里满二十年。接着,在无畏王第二十年,一个名叫般度迦波耶的叛乱者夺取了王位。黑阿育王第十六年,般度迦波耶在这里满十七年;再加上前面那一年,一共十八年。旃陀罗笈多王第十四年,般度迦波耶在这里去世,穆多湿婆王取得了王位。阿育法王第十七年,穆多湿婆王在这里去世,天爱帝须王取得了王位。正自觉者般涅槃后,阿阇世王统治了二十四年,优陀耶跋陀王十六年,阿努楼陀和蒙陀共八年,龙仆王二十四年,须修那伽王十八年,他的儿子黑阿育王二十八年,之后他的十个儿子——十兄弟王——统治了二十二年,他们之后九难王们也是二十二年,旃陀罗笈多王二十四年,宾头娑罗王二十八年。在他之后,阿育王取得了王位。在他灌顶前四年、灌顶后第十八年,玛欣德长老在这座岛上安住下来。因此,依据这一王统传承应当知道:正自觉者般涅槃后第二百三十六年,他在这座岛上安住下来。
Evaṃ iṭṭiyādīhi saddhiṃ āgantvā patiṭṭhahanto ca āyasmā mahindatthero sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahīti veditabbo. Ajātasattussa hi aṭṭhame vasse sammāsambuddho parinibbāyi. Tasmiṃyeva vasse sīhakumārassa putto tambapaṇṇidīpassa ādirājā vijayakumāro imaṃ dīpamāgantvā manussāvāsaṃ akāsi. Jambudīpe udayabhaddassa cuddasame vasse idha vijayo kālamakāsi. Udayabhaddassa pañcadasame vasse paṇḍuvāsudevo nāma imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha nāgadāsakarañño vīsatime vasse idha paṇḍuvāsudevo kālamakāsi. Tasmiṃyeva ca vasse abhayo nāma rājakumāro imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha susunāgarañño sattarasame vasse idha abhayarañño vīsativassāni paripūriṃsu. Atha abhayassa vīsatime vasse paṇḍukābhayo nāma dāmariko rajjaṃ aggahesi. Tattha kāḷāsokassa soḷasame vasse idha paṇḍukassa sattarasavassāni paripūriṃsu. Tāni heṭṭhā ekena vassena saha aṭṭhārasa honti. Tattha candaguttassa cuddasame vasse idha paṇḍukābhayo kālamakāsi. Muṭasivarājā rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha asokadhammarājassa sattarasame vasse idha muṭasivarājā kālamakāsi. Devānampiyatisso rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Parinibbute ca sammāsambuddhe ajātasattu catuvīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāresi. Udayabhaddo soḷasa, anuruddho ca muṇḍo ca aṭṭha, nāgadāsako catuvīsati, susunāgo aṭṭhārasa, tasseva putto kāḷāsoko aṭṭhavīsati, tato tassa puttakā dasa bhātukarājāno dvevīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāresuṃ. Tesaṃ pacchato nava nandā dvevīsatimeva, candagutto catuvīsati, bindusāro aṭṭhavīsati . Tassāvasāne asoko rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tassa pure abhisekā cattāri abhisekato aṭṭhārasame vasse imasmiṃ dīpe mahindatthero patiṭṭhito. Evametena rājavaṃsānusārena veditabbametaṃ – ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahī’’ti.
就在那一天,铜掌岛上正逢“最胜根本”星宿日。国王宣布了星宿日,命令大臣们“举办庆典”,然后带着四万名随从出城,前往密沙迦山,想去打猎玩乐。那时,住在那座山上的一位天神心想:“我要让国王见到长老们。”于是化作一头赤鹿的模样,在不远处做出吃草吃叶的样子。国王看见后,心想:“现在射杀这只毫无防备的鹿,不太合适。”便弹响了弓弦。鹿立刻取道芒果林间的小路逃跑。国王紧追不舍,一路登上了那片芒果林。鹿在离长老们不远的地方消失了。玛欣德长老看见国王从近处走来,便决意:“让国王只看见我一个人,别看见其他人。”然后说道:“提舍,提舍,到这边来。”国王听到后心想:“在这个岛上出生的人里,没有谁能直呼我的名字‘提舍’来跟我说话。可这个穿着割截衣、剃了头、披着袈裟的人,竟然直呼我的名字——他到底会是谁?是人还是非人?”长老说道——
Tasmiñca divase tambapaṇṇidīpe jeṭṭhamūlanakkhattaṃ nāma hoti. Rājā nakkhattaṃ ghosāpetvā ‘‘chaṇaṃ karothā’’ti amacce ca āṇāpetvā cattālīsapurisasahassaparivāro nagaramhā nikkhamitvā yena missakapabbato tena pāyāsi migavaṃ kīḷitukāmo. Atha tasmiṃ pabbate adhivatthā ekā devatā ‘‘rañño there dassessāmī’’ti rohitamigarūpaṃ gahetvā avidūre tiṇapaṇṇāni khādamānā viya carati. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘ayuttaṃ dāni pamattaṃ vijjhitu’’nti jiyaṃ phoṭesi. Migo ambatthalamaggaṃ gahetvā palāyituṃ ārabhi. Rājā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanto ambatthalameva abhiruhi. Migopi therānaṃ avidūre antaradhāyi. Mahindatthero rājānaṃ avidūre āgacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘mamaṃyeva rājā passatu, mā itare’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā ‘‘tissa, tissa, ito ehī’’ti āha. Rājā sutvā cintesi – ‘‘imasmiṃ dīpe jāto maṃ ‘tissā’ti nāmaṃ gahetvā ālapituṃ samattho nāma natthi. Ayaṃ pana chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍu kāsāvavasano maṃ nāmena ālapati, ko nu kho ayaṃ bhavissati manusso vā amanusso vā’’ti? Thero āha –
大王,我们是沙门,是法王的弟子。
正是为了怜悯您,我们才从赡部洲来到这里。
‘‘Samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja, dhammarājassa sāvakā; Taveva anukampāya, jambudīpā idhāgatā’’ti.
那时,天爱帝须大王和阿育法王虽然没见过面,却是朋友。靠着天爱帝须大王的福德威力,在恰塔山山脚的一处竹丛里,长出了三根车辕那么大的竹竿——一根叫藤蔓竿,一根叫花竿,一根叫鸟竿。其中,藤蔓竿是银色的,装饰之后,上面长出的藤蔓看起来就像金色;花竿上则开着蓝、黄、红、白、黑各种颜色的花,花梗、花瓣、花蕊都清清楚楚;鸟竿上则有天鹅、鸡、鹧鸪等各种鸟,还有各种四足动物,看起来就像活的一样。这在《岛史》里也有记载:
Tena ca samayena devānampiyatissamahārājā ca asokadhammarājā ca adiṭṭhasahāyakā honti. Devānampiyatissamahārājassa ca puññānubhāvena chātapabbatapāde ekamhi veḷugumbe tisso veḷuyaṭṭhiyo rathayaṭṭhippamāṇā uppajjiṃsu – ekā latāyaṭṭhi nāma, ekā pupphayaṭṭhi nāma, ekā sakuṇayaṭṭhi nāma. Tāsu latāyaṭṭhi rajatavaṇṇā hoti, taṃ alaṅkaritvā uppannalatā kañcanavaṇṇā khāyati. Pupphayaṭṭhiyaṃ pana nīlapītalohitodātakāḷavaṇṇāni pupphāni suvibhattavaṇṭapattakiñjakkhāni hutvā khāyanti. Sakuṇayaṭṭhiyaṃ haṃsakukkuṭajīvajīvakādayo sakuṇā nānappakārāni ca catuppadāni sajīvāni viya khāyanti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dīpavaṃse –
在恰塔山山脚下,有三根竹竿。
白得像银制的竿子,藤蔓则像金子一样。
蓝色的花是什么样,花竿上就是什么样;
鸟儿停在栖竿上,也照样保持着各自本来的样子。
‘‘Chātapabbatapādamhi , veḷuyaṭṭhī tayo ahu; Setā rajatayaṭṭhīva, latā kañcanasannibhā. ‘‘Nīlādi yādisaṃ pupphaṃ, pupphayaṭṭhimhi tādisaṃ; Sakuṇā sakuṇayaṭṭhimhi, sarūpeneva saṇṭhitā’’ti.
从大海里,也为他出现了珍珠、摩尼珠、琉璃等许多种宝物。而在铜掌岛,出现了八种珍珠:马珠、象珠、车珠、余甘子珠、手镯珠、指环珠、鸡冠果珠、天然珠。他把那些竹竿、那些珍珠,以及许多其他宝物,作为礼物派人送给阿育法王。阿育王心生欢喜,回赠他五种王权之物——伞、拂尘、剑、顶髻、宝履,还有其他许多用于灌顶的礼物,比如:螺贝、恒河水、增长瓶、耳饰、水壶、右旋喜旋、轿子、少女、勺子、未水洗的布料、擦手巾、黄檀香、红土颜料、眼药、诃子、余甘子。这在《岛史》中也有记载:
Samuddatopissa muttāmaṇiveḷuriyādi anekavihitaṃ ratanaṃ uppajji. Tambapaṇṇiyaṃ pana aṭṭha muttā uppajjiṃsu – hayamuttā, gajamuttā, rathamuttā, āmalakamuttā, valayamuttā, aṅguliveṭhakamuttā, kakudhaphalamuttā, pākatikamuttāti. So tā ca yaṭṭhiyo tā ca muttā aññañca bahuṃ ratanaṃ asokassa dhammarañño paṇṇākāratthāya pesesi. Asoko pasīditvā tassa pañca rājakakudhabhaṇḍāni pahiṇi – chattaṃ, cāmaraṃ, khaggaṃ, moḷiṃ, ratanapādukaṃ, aññañca abhisekatthāya bahuvidhaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ; seyyathidaṃ – saṅkhaṃ, gaṅgodakaṃ, vaḍḍhamānaṃ, vaṭaṃsakaṃ, bhiṅgāraṃ, nandiyāvaṭṭaṃ, sivikaṃ, kaññaṃ, kaṭacchuṃ, adhovimaṃ dussayugaṃ, hatthapuñchanaṃ, haricandanaṃ, aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṃ, añjanaṃ, harītakaṃ, āmalakanti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dīpavaṃse –
拂尘、头巾、伞、剑和宝履,
缠头布、精华腰带、水罐、欢喜右旋纹。
轿子、海螺、耳环,以及未洗的布料;
金钵、汤匙,还有贵重的擦手巾。
阿耨达池的水、一位少女、最上等的金色檀香;
朝霞颜色的黏土,以及龙带来的眼药。
诃子、余甘子,极其珍贵的不死药;
六千车香稻米,香气扑鼻,是鹦鹉衔来的;
这米是福业所生,一位名叫无忧的人派人送来的。
‘‘Vālabījanimuṇhīsaṃ, chattaṃ khaggañca pādukaṃ; Veṭhanaṃ sārapāmaṅgaṃ, bhiṅgāraṃ nandivaṭṭakaṃ. ‘‘Sivikaṃ saṅkhaṃ vaṭaṃsañca, adhovimaṃ vatthakoṭikaṃ; Sovaṇṇapātiṃ kaṭacchuṃ, mahagghaṃ hatthapuñchanaṃ. ‘‘Anotattodakaṃ kaññaṃ, uttamaṃ haricandanaṃ; Aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṃ , añjanaṃ nāgamāhaṭaṃ. ‘‘Harītakaṃ āmalakaṃ, mahagghaṃ amatosadhaṃ; Saṭṭhivāhasataṃ sāliṃ, sugandhaṃ suvakāhaṭaṃ; Puññakammābhinibbattaṃ, pāhesi asokavhayo’’ti.
他不仅送去了这些作为供养的物品,据说还派人送去了这份法的供养。
Na kevalañcetaṃ āmisapaṇṇākāraṃ, imaṃ kira dhammapaṇṇākārampi pesesi –
我已经皈依了佛、法、僧;
我在释迦子的教法里,表明了自己是近事男的身份。
在这三件事上,在至高无上的胜者教法中;
你也应当让心清净,以信而皈依。
‘‘Ahaṃ buddhañca dhammañca, saṅghañca saraṇaṃ gato; Upāsakattaṃ desesiṃ, sakyaputtassa sāsane. ‘‘Imesu tīsu vatthūsu, uttame jinasāsane; Tvampi cittaṃ pasādehi, saddhā saraṇamupehī’’ti.
这位国王在那一天,由阿育王派来的人为他举行灌顶,成了受灌顶一个月的国王。
Svāyaṃ rājā taṃ divasaṃ asokaraññā pesitena abhisekena ekamāsābhisitto hoti.
在毗舍佉月圆日,他们为他举行了灌顶礼。不久之后,他回忆起教法的流传,听到那位长老说“大王,我们是法王的弟子,是沙门”,便想:“是尊者来了吗?”于是立刻放下武器,坐在一边,与对方互相问候、愉快地交谈。正如所说:
Visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ hissa abhisekamakaṃsu. So acirassutaṃ – taṃ sāsanappavattiṃ anussaramāno taṃ therassa ‘‘samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja dhammarājassa sāvakā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘ayyā nu kho āgatā’’ti tāvadeva āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ kathayamāno. Yathāha –
放下武器,坐到一边。
国王坐下后,愉快地交谈,谈了很多有义利的话。
‘‘Āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvāna, ekamantaṃ upāvisi; Nisajja rājā sammodi, bahuṃ atthūpasañhita’’nti.
正在互相欢喜交谈的时候,那四万个男子也来到这里,围绕在他身边。那时长老又示现了另外六个人。国王看见后问道:“这些人是什么时候来的?”长老回答:“是和我一起来的,大王。”国王又问:“如今在赡部洲,还有别的这样的沙门吗?”长老回答:“有的,大王。如今赡部洲中,袈裟的光辉照耀,吹拂着仙人般的凉风。在那里——
Sammodanīyakathañca kurumāneyeva tasmiṃ tānipi cattālīsapurisasahassāni āgantvā samparivāresuṃ. Tadā thero itarepi cha jane dassesi. Rājā disvā ‘‘ime kadā āgatā’’ti āha . ‘‘Mayā saddhiṃyeva, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Idāni pana jambudīpe aññepi evarūpā samaṇā santī’’ti? ‘‘Santi, mahārāja; etarahi jambudīpo kāsāvapajjoto isivātapaṭivāto. Tasmiṃ –
三明具足者、神通成就者、善知他心者;
诸漏已尽的阿罗汉们,是佛陀的众多弟子。
‘‘Tevijjā iddhipattā ca, cetopariyāyakovidā; Khīṇāsavā arahanto, bahū buddhassa sāvakāti.
“尊者,你们是怎么来的?”“大王,既不是从水里来,也不是从陆上来。”国王明白了:“是乘着虚空来的。”长老为了试探国王有没有智慧辨别的能力,就指着近处的一棵芒果树问:“大王,这棵树叫什么名字?”“尊者,叫芒果树。”“大王,抛开这棵芒果树,还有别的芒果树吗?”“有,尊者,还有很多别的芒果树。”“大王,抛开这棵芒果树和那些芒果树,还有别的树吗?”“有,尊者,但那些不是芒果树。”“抛开那些芒果树和非芒果树,还有别的树吗?”“尊者,就是这棵芒果树。”“好,大王,你是有智慧的人。大王,你有亲戚吗?”“有,尊者,有很多人。”“大王,抛开他们,还有别的不是亲戚的人吗?”“尊者,不是亲戚的人比亲戚还多。”“大王,抛开你的亲戚和不是亲戚的人,还有别的什么人吗?”“就是我自己,尊者。”于是长老心想:“国王有智慧,能够了知法。”就讲了《小象迹喻经》。讲完的时候,国王和四万人一起归依了三宝。
‘‘Bhante, kena āgatatthā’’ti? ‘‘Neva, mahārāja, udakena na thalenā’’ti. ‘‘Rājā ākāsena āgatā’’ti aññāsi. Thero ‘‘atthi nu kho rañño paññāveyattiya’’nti vīmaṃsanatthāya āsannaṃ ambarukkhaṃ ārabbha pañhaṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ nāmo ayaṃ, mahārāja, rukkho’’ti? ‘‘Ambarukkho nāma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Imaṃ pana, mahārāja, ambaṃ muñcitvā añño ambo atthi, natthī’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, aññepi bahū ambarukkhā’’ti. ‘‘Imañca ambaṃ te ca ambe muñcitvā atthi nu kho, mahārāja, aññe rukkhā’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, te pana na ambarukkhā’’ti. ‘‘Aññe ambe ca anambe ca muñcitvā atthi pana añño rukkho’’ti? ‘‘Ayameva, bhante, ambarukkho’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, mahārāja, paṇḍitosi. Atthi pana te, mahārāja, ñātakā’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, bahū janā’’ti. ‘‘Te muñcitvā aññe keci aññātakāpi atthi, mahārājā’’ti? ‘‘Aññātakā, bhante, ñātakehi bahutarā’’ti. ‘‘Tava ñātake ca aññātake ca muñcitvā atthañño koci, mahārājā’’ti ? ‘‘Ahameva, aññātako’’ti. Atha thero ‘‘paṇḍito rājā sakkhissati dhammaṃ aññātu’’nti cūḷahatthipadopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne rājā tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhahi saddhiṃ cattālīsāya pāṇasahassehi.
就在那时,国王的饭食送了上来。国王一边听经,一边就明白了:“这个时候,他们不适合吃东西。”他又想:“不先问一声就吃,是不合适的。”于是就问:“尊者,你们要用斋吗?”“大王,这个时候我们不适合吃东西。”“尊者,什么时候才适合呢?”“大王,从日出到正午时分。”“尊者,我们到城里去吧?”“不用了,大王,我们就住在这里。”“尊者,如果你们住在这里,就让这孩子来吧。”“大王,这孩子已经证得果位,通达教法,想出家,现在就要出家了。”国王说:“既然这样,尊者,明天我派车来,请你们坐那辆车过来。”说完,礼敬长老后便离开了。
Taṃ khaṇaññeva ca rañño bhattaṃ āhariyittha . Rājā ca suttantaṃ suṇanto eva aññāsi – ‘‘na imesaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatī’’ti. ‘‘Apucchitvā pana bhuñjituṃ ayutta’’nti cintetvā ‘‘bhuñjissatha, bhante’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na, mahārāja, amhākaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatī’’ti. ‘‘Kasmiṃ kāle, bhante, kappatī’’ti? ‘‘Aruṇuggamanato paṭṭhāya yāva majjhanhikasamayā, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Gacchāma, bhante, nagara’’nti? ‘‘Alaṃ, mahārāja, idheva vasissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, tumhe vasatha, ayaṃ dārako āgacchatū’’ti. ‘‘Mahārāja, ayaṃ dārako āgataphalo viññātasāsano pabbajjāpekkho idāni pabbajissatī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘tena hi, bhante, sve rathaṃ pesessāmi; taṃ abhiruhitvā āgaccheyyāthā’’ti vatvā vanditvā pakkāmi.
长老在国王离开不久后,吩咐善意沙弥说:“来,善意,你去宣告闻法的时间吧。”沙弥问:“尊者,我要让声音传到哪里呢?”“整个铜掌岛。”“好的,尊者。”沙弥便进入以神通为基础的第四禅,出定后立下决意,以专注的心让声音传遍整个铜掌岛,宣告闻法的时间,连说了三遍。国王听到那声音,就派人到长老们那里问:“尊者,出了什么灾祸吗?”“我们没有什么灾祸,只是让人宣告闻法的时间,我们准备开示佛陀的教法。”地居天听到沙弥的声音后,也把这声音传了出去。就这样,声音一直传到了梵天界。因为那声音,大批天神聚集而来。长老看到天神大规模聚集,就开示了《同心经》。开示结束时,无量天神证得了法眼。许多龙和金翅鸟也安立于三皈依。就像舍利弗长老讲说这部经时天神聚集那样,玛欣德长老讲说时也是如此。那夜过后,国王派车到长老们那里。车夫把车停在一旁,禀告长老们:“尊者,车来了,请上车,我们出发吧。”长老们说:“我们不上车。你先走,我们随后就到。”说完便腾空而起,在阿努拉德普勒城东方的第一塔处降落。那座塔正因为是长老们最初降落的地方而建,所以被称为“第一塔”。
Thero acirapakkantassa rañño sumanasāmaṇeraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, sumana, dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosehī’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, kittakaṃ ṭhānaṃ sāvento ghosemī’’ti? ‘‘Sakalaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpa’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti sāmaṇero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhahitvā samāhitena cittena sakalaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ sāvento tikkhattuṃ dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosesi. Rājā taṃ saddaṃ sutvā therānaṃ santikaṃ pesesi – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, atthi koci upaddavo’’ti. ‘‘Natthamhākaṃ koci upaddavo, dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosāpayimha buddhavacanaṃ kathetukāmamhā’’ti . Tañca pana sāmaṇerassa saddaṃ sutvā bhummā devatā saddamanussāvesuṃ. Etenupāyena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. Tena saddena mahā devatāsannipāto ahosi. Thero mahantaṃ devatāsannipātaṃ disvā samacittasuttantaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ devatānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bahū nāgā ca supaṇṇā ca saraṇesu patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Yādisova sāriputtattherassa imaṃ suttantaṃ kathayato devatāsannipāto ahosi, tādiso mahindattherassāpi jāto. Atha tassā rattiyā accayena rājā therānaṃ rathaṃ pesesi. Sārathī rathaṃ ekamante ṭhapetvā therānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘āgato, bhante, ratho; abhiruhatha gacchissāmā’’ti. Therā ‘‘na mayaṃ rathaṃ abhiruhāma; gaccha tvaṃ, pacchā mayaṃ āgacchissāmā’’ti vatvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāyaṃ paṭhamakacetiyaṭṭhāne otariṃsu. Tañhi cetiyaṃ therehi paṭhamaṃ otiṇṇaṭṭhāne katattāyeva ‘‘paṭhamakacetiya’’nti vuccati.
国王也派出了车夫,然后命令大臣们:“在内宫准备一座亭阁。”大臣们立刻满心欢喜,准备了一座极为庄严的亭阁。国王又想:“昨天长老讲说戒蕴时说过‘高广大床是不允许的’;尊者们到底会不会坐在这些座位上呢?”正当他这样想的时候,那位车夫已经到了城门。他看见长老们比自己先到,正在系腰带、披袈裟。看到这一幕,他生起极大的净信,回来禀报国王:“陛下,长老们到了。”国王问:“他们坐车了吗?”车夫回答:“没有坐车,陛下。他们在我后面出发,却比我先到,现在站在东门。”国王听说他们连车都没坐,心想:“看来尊者们现在不会接受高广大床了。”于是说:“既然如此,你们就按地上敷具的标准为长老们铺设座位吧。”说完便前去迎接。大臣们在地上铺了草席,又在上面铺了毛毯等彩绘敷具。占相师们看到后预言:“如今这片大地已被他们占据,他们将成为铜掌岛的主人。”国王也走上前去礼敬长老们,从玛欣德长老手中接过钵,以盛大的供养和恭敬将长老们迎入城中,请进内宫。长老看到座位的铺设,心中想道:“我们的教法将如同大地一般遍布整个兰卡岛,稳固不动地安立。”于是坐了下来。国王亲手以殊胜的硬食和软食供养长老们,让他们吃饱喝足,然后召来以阿努拉王后为首的五百位妇女,说:“让她们来礼敬、供养长老们。”随后坐在一边。长老进食完毕后,向国王及其随从降下法宝之雨,讲述了《饿鬼事》《天宫事》和《谛相应》。听闻长老的说法后,那五百位妇女都证得了入流果。
Rājāpi sārathiṃ pesetvā ‘‘antonivesane maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādethā’’ti amacce āṇāpesi. Tāvadeva sabbe haṭṭhatuṭṭhā ativiya pāsādikaṃ maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādesuṃ. Puna rājā cintesi – ‘‘hiyyo thero sīlakkhandhaṃ kathayamāno ‘uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ na kappatī’ti āha; ‘nisīdissanti nu kho ayyā āsanesu, na nisīdissantī’’’ti? Tassevaṃ cintayantasseva so sārathi nagaradvāraṃ sampatto. Tato addasa there paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā cīvaraṃ pārupante. Disvā ativiya pasannacitto hutvā āgantvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘āgatā, deva, therā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘rathaṃ ārūḷhā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na ārūḷhā, deva, api ca mama pacchato nikkhamitvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā pācīnadvāre ṭhitā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘rathampi nābhirūhiṃsū’’ti sutvā ‘‘na dāni ayyā uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ sādiyissantī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, therānaṃ bhūmattharaṇasaṅkhepena āsanāni paññapethā’’ti vatvā paṭipathaṃ agamāsi. Amaccā pathaviyaṃ taṭṭikaṃ paññapetvā upari kojavakādīni cittattharaṇāni paññapesuṃ. Uppātapāṭhakā disvā ‘‘gahitā dāni imehi pathavī, ime tambapaṇṇidīpassa sāmikā bhavissantī’’ti byākariṃsu. Rājāpi gantvā there vanditvā mahindattherassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā mahatiyā pūjāya ca sakkārena ca there nagaraṃ pavesetvā antonivesanaṃ pavesesi. Thero āsanapaññattiṃ disvā ‘‘amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ sakalalaṅkādīpe pathavī viya patthaṭaṃ niccalañca hutvā patiṭṭhahissatī’’ti cintento nisīdi. Rājā there paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā ‘‘anuḷādevīpamukhāni pañca itthisatāni therānaṃ abhivādanaṃ pūjāsakkārañca karontū’’ti pakkosāpetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Thero bhattakiccāvasāne rañño saparijanassa dhammaratanavassaṃ vassento petavatthuṃvimānavatthuṃ saccasaṃyuttañca kathesi. Taṃ therassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā tāni pañcapi itthisatāni sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchākaṃsu.
前一天在弥沙迦山上见过长老们的那些人,到处都在讲述长老们的功德。大众听了以后,聚集在王宫广场上,发出很大的喧闹声。国王问:“这是什么声音?”有人回答:“陛下,是城里的人在喊‘我们见不到长老们’。”国王心想:“要是他们进到宫里来,地方可容纳不下。”于是说道:“你们去把象棚收拾好,铺上沙子,撒上五色花,挂起布幔,在吉祥象的位置上给长老们安排好座位。”大臣们照办了。长老到了那里,坐下之后,讲了《天使经》。说法结束时,有一千个众生证得入流果。之后,因为“象棚太拥挤了”,大家又在南门的难陀那林苑里安排了座位。长老在那里坐下,讲了《蛇喻经》。听完这部经,又有一千个众生证得入流果。
Yepi te manussā purimadivase missakapabbate there addasaṃsu, te tesu tesu ṭhānesu therānaṃ guṇe kathenti. Tesaṃ sutvā mahājanakāyo rājaṅgaṇe sannipatitvā mahāsaddaṃ akāsi. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ eso saddo’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Nāgarā, deva, ‘there daṭṭhuṃ na labhāmā’ti viravantī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘sace idha pavisissanti, okāso na bhavissatī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, hatthisālaṃ paṭijaggitvā vālukaṃ ākiritvā pañcavaṇṇāni pupphāni vikiritvā celavitānaṃ bandhitvā maṅgalahatthiṭṭhāne therānaṃ āsanāni paññapethā’’ti āha. Amaccā tathā akaṃsu. Thero tattha gantvā nisīditvā devadūtasuttantaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Tato ‘‘hatthisālā atisambādhā’’ti dakkhiṇadvāre nandanavanuyyāne āsanaṃ paññapesuṃ. Thero tattha nisīditvā āsīvisopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Tampi sutvā pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphalaṃ paṭilabhi.
就这样,从长老们到来的那天算起,第二天有二千五百人证得法眼。长老在难陀那林苑里,和陆续前来拜见的良家女子、良家媳妇、良家少女亲切交谈,不知不觉就到了傍晚。长老看了看时间,起身说:“我们现在回弥沙迦山吧。”大臣们问:“尊者,你们要去哪里?”长老说:“回我们住的地方。”大臣们把这事禀告了国王,得到国王同意后说:“尊者,现在去那里不合适,就让这难陀那林苑做圣众的住处吧。”长老说:“不用了,我们走。”大臣们又把国王的话转达了一遍:“尊者,国王说:‘有一座叫云林的花园,是我父亲的产业,离城不太远也不太近,来往方便,请长老们在那里安居吧。’”于是长老们就在云林园里住了下来。
Evaṃ āgatadivasato dutiyadivase aḍḍhateyyasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Therassa nandanavane āgatāgatāhi kulitthīhi kulasuṇhāhi kulakumārīhi saddhiṃ sammodamānasseva sāyanhasamayo jāto. Thero kālaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘gacchāma dāni missakapabbata’’nti uṭṭhahi. Amaccā – ‘‘kattha, bhante, gacchathā’’ti? ‘‘Amhākaṃ nivāsanaṭṭhāna’’nti. Te rañño saṃviditaṃ katvā rājānumatena āhaṃsu – ‘‘akālo, bhante, idāni tattha gantuṃ; idameva nandanavanuyyānaṃ ayyānaṃ āvāsaṭṭhānaṃ hotū’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, gacchāmā’’ti. Puna rañño vacanenāhaṃsu – ‘‘rājā, bhante, āha – ‘etaṃ meghavanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ mama pitu santakaṃ nagarato nātidūraṃ nāccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampannaṃ, ettha therā vāsaṃ kappentū’’’ti. Vasiṃsu therā meghavane uyyāne.
那夜过后,国王来到长老身边,先问长老睡得是否安好,接着问道:“尊者,僧团可以接受园林吗?”长老回答:“可以,大王。”然后引了一段经文:“比丘们,我允许接受园林。”国王满心欢喜,拿起金瓶,把水倒在长老手上,将大云林园布施出去。水刚一倒下,大地就震动了。这是大寺的第一次地震。国王吓坏了,问长老:“尊者,大地为什么震动?”长老说:“大王,别害怕。十力者的教法将在这座岛上建立,而这里会成为第一座寺院,这就是它的预兆。”国王因此更加深信。第二天,长老还是在王宫里用餐,然后在难陀那林苑讲了《无始相应》。第三天讲了《火堆喻经》。就这样连续讲了七天。说法结束时,有八千五百众生得法现观。从那时起,难陀那林苑因为成了教法光明显现的地方,就得名为“光林”。到了第七天,长老们在王宫里为国王讲了《不放逸经》后,就前往支提山。
Rājāpi kho tassā rattiyā accayena therassa samīpaṃ gantvā sukhasayitabhāvaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘kappati, bhante, bhikkhusaṅghassa ārāmo’’ti pucchi. Thero ‘‘kappati, mahārājā’’ti vatvā imaṃ suttaṃ āhari – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāma’’nti. Rājā tuṭṭho suvaṇṇabhiṅgāraṃ gahetvā therassa hatthe udakaṃ pātetvā mahāmeghavanuyyānaṃ adāsi. Saha udakapātena pathavī kampi. Ayaṃ mahāvihāre paṭhamo pathavīkampo ahosi. Rājā bhīto theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampatī’’ti? ‘‘Mā bhāyi, mahārāja, imasmiṃ dīpe dasabalassa sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissati; idañca paṭhamaṃ vihāraṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti. Rājā bhiyyosomattāya pasīdi. Thero punadivasepi rājageheyeva bhuñjitvā nandanavane anamataggiyāni kathesi. Punadivase aggikkhandhopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Etenevupāyena satta divasāni kathesi. Desanāpariyosāne aḍḍhanavamānaṃ pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tato paṭṭhāya ca nandanavanaṃ sāsanassa jotipātubhāvaṭṭhānanti katvā ‘‘jotivana’’nti nāmaṃ labhi. Sattame pana divase therā antepure rañño appamādasuttaṃ kathayitvā cetiyagirimeva agamaṃsu.
于是国王问大臣们:“长老用这么严厉的教诫来教导我们,他是不是打算要走了?”大臣们说:“陛下,长老并不是您请来的,是他自己来的;所以就算他不告而别,也是说得过去的。”于是国王登上车,把两位王后也带上车,以转轮王般的大威仪前往支提山。到了之后,他让王后们退到一边,自己一个人走到长老们跟前,已经累得不成样子。长老就问他:“大王,您怎么累成这样还赶过来?”国王说:“尊者,我是想知道,您们给了我们这么严厉的教诫之后,现在是不是想离开了。”长老说:“大王,我们不是想离开。不过大王,现在正是入雨安居的时候,沙门应当确定安居的地方。”就在那天,一位名叫阿利咤的大臣,带着五十五个兄弟——从最大的到最小的,站在国王身边,说道:“陛下,我想在长老座下出家。”国王说:“好啊,贤友,你出家吧。”答应之后,就把他交给了长老。长老当天就为他剃度。他们所有人都在剃刀落下的那一刻证得了阿拉汉果。
Atha kho rājā amacce pucchi – ‘‘thero, amhe gāḷhena ovādena ovadati; gaccheyya nu kho’’ti? Amaccā ‘‘tumhehi, deva, thero ayācito sayameva āgato; tasmā tassa anāpucchāva gamanampi bhaveyyā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato rājā rathaṃ abhiruhitvā dve ca deviyo āropetvā cetiyagiriṃ agamāsi mahañcarājānubhāvena. Gantvā deviyo ekamantaṃ apakkamāpetvā sayameva therānaṃ samīpaṃ upasaṅkamanto ativiya kilantarūpo hutvā upasaṅkami. Tato naṃ thero āha – ‘‘kasmā tvaṃ, mahārāja, evaṃ kilamamāno āgato’’ti? ‘‘‘Tumhe mama gāḷhaṃ ovādaṃ datvā idāni gantukāmā nu kho’ti jānanatthaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, mahārāja, gantukāmā; apica vassūpanāyikakālo nāmāyaṃ mahārāja, tatra samaṇena vassūpanāyikaṭṭhānaṃ ñātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Taṃdivasameva ariṭṭho nāma amacco pañcapaṇṇāsāya jeṭṭhakaniṭṭhabhātukehi saddhiṃ rañño samīpe ṭhito āha – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, deva, therānaṃ santike pabbajitu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhaṇe, pabbajassū’’ti rājā anujānitvā theraṃ sampaṭicchāpesi. Thero tadaheva pabbājesi. Sabbe khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.
国王也就在那时用荆棘把支提广场围起来,在六十二座洞窟里安排好了工程,然后就回城去了。那些长老让十兄弟王族生起净信,又教导大众,在支提山度过了雨安居。当时,最初在支提山入雨安居的,有六十二位阿拉汉。后来,尊者玛欣德在雨安居结束、自恣之后,于迦提月满月布萨日对国王这样说:“大王,我们很久没见到正自觉者了,一直过着没有依靠的生活,我们想回赡部洲去。”国王说:“尊者,我用四种资具供养你们,而且这些大众依靠你们才立足于三皈依,你们为什么心生厌倦呢?”长老说:“大王,我们很久没见到正自觉者了,没有可以顶礼、起迎、合掌、行合宜之礼的对象,所以我们感到厌倦。”国王说:“尊者,你们不是说过‘正自觉者已经般涅槃’了吗?”长老说:“大王,虽然已经般涅槃,但他的舍利还在。”国王说:“我知道了,尊者,你们是希望建造塔庙。尊者,我来建塔庙,现在请你们选好地点;不过,尊者,我们从哪里能得到舍利呢?”长老说:“大王,请跟须摩那商量。”
Rājāpi kho taṅkhaṇeyeva kaṇṭakena cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ parikkhipitvā dvāsaṭṭhiyā leṇesu kammaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nagarameva agamāsi. Tepi therā dasabhātikasamākulaṃ rājakulaṃ pasādetvā mahājanaṃ ovadamānā cetiyagirimhi vassaṃ vasiṃsu. Tadāpi cetiyagirimhi paṭhamaṃ vassaṃ upagatā dvāsaṭṭhi arahanto ahesuṃ. Athāyasmā mahāmahindo vutthavasso pavāretvā kattikapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahārāja, amhehi ciradiṭṭho sammāsambuddho, anāthavāsaṃ vasimha, icchāma mayaṃ jambudīpaṃ gantu’’nti. Rājā āha – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhe catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahāmi, ayañca mahājano tumhe nissāya tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhito, kasmā tumhe ukkaṇṭhitatthā’’ti? ‘‘Ciradiṭṭho no, mahārāja, sammāsambuddho, abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānaañjalikammasāmīcikammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ natthi, tenamha ukkaṇṭhitā’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, bhante, tumhe avocuttha – ‘parinibbuto sammāsambuddho’’’ti. ‘‘Kiñcāpi, mahārāja, parinibbuto; atha khvassa sarīradhātuyo tiṭṭhantī’’ti. ‘‘Aññātaṃ, bhante, thūpapatiṭṭhānaṃ tumhe ākaṅkhathāti. Karomi , bhante, thūpaṃ, bhūmibhāgaṃ dāni vicinātha; apica, bhante, dhātuyo kuto lacchāmā’’ti? ‘‘Sumanena saddhiṃ mantehi, mahārājā’’ti.
“好的,尊者。”国王走到须摩那跟前,问道:“尊者,现在我们从哪里能得到舍利呢?”须摩那说:“大王,您不用操心。您让人把街道清扫干净,用旗帜、幡幢、满水罐等装饰起来,带着眷属受持布萨戒,召集所有乐师,让人把吉祥象装饰上一切庄严饰品,在它上面撑起白伞盖,傍晚时分朝大龙林园的方向出发。您一定能在那里得到舍利。”国王说“好的”,接受了这个建议。长老们则回到了支提山。在那里,尊者玛欣德长老对须摩那沙弥说:“沙弥,你去赡部洲,到你祖父无忧法王那里,用我的话这样对他说:‘大王,您的盟友天爱帝须王对佛陀的教法生起了净信,想要建塔,据说您手上有舍利,请把它给我。’拿到之后,再去见帝释天王,这样对他说:‘大王,据说您手上有两枚舍利——右牙舍利和右锁骨舍利;请您供养右牙舍利,把右锁骨舍利给我。’还要这样对他说:‘大王,您把我们派到铜掌岛之后,怎么就不管了呢?’”
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā sumanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchi – ‘‘kuto dāni, bhante, dhātuyo lacchāmā’’ti? Sumano āha – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, mahārāja, vīthiyo sodhāpetvā dhajapaṭākapuṇṇaghaṭādīhi alaṅkārāpetvā saparijano uposathaṃ samādiyitvā sabbatāḷāvacare upaṭṭhāpetvā maṅgalahatthiṃ sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ kārāpetvā upari cassa setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā sāyanhasamaye mahānāgavanuyyānābhimukho yāhi. Addhā tasmiṃ ṭhāne dhātuyo lacchasī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchi. Therā cetiyagirimeva agamaṃsu. Tatrāyasmā mahindatthero sumanasāmaṇeraṃ āha – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, sāmaṇera, jambudīpe tava ayyakaṃ asokaṃ dhammarājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena evaṃ vadehi – ‘sahāyo vo, mahārāja, devānampiyatisso buddhasāsane pasanno thūpaṃ patiṭṭhāpetukāmo, tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dhātu atthi taṃ me dethā’ti. Taṃ gahetvā sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadehi – ‘tumhākaṃ kira, mahārāja, hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi – dakkhiṇadāṭhā ca dakkhiṇakkhakañca; tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha, dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ pana mayhaṃ dethā’ti. Evañca naṃ vadehi – ‘kasmā tvaṃ, mahārāja, amhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pahiṇitvā pamajjasī’’’ti?
“好的,尊者。”须摩那接受了长老的话,立刻拿起衣钵,腾空而起,在巴嗒厘弗城门下降落,来到国王面前,禀告了此事。国王很高兴,从沙弥手中接过钵,用香料涂抹,装满如同最上珍珠般的舍利后交给了他。他拿到后,便前往帝释天王那里。帝释天王一见到沙弥,便说:“须摩那尊者,您为何奔波?”沙弥说:“大王,您把我们派到铜掌岛后,为何就放任不管了呢?”帝释天王说:“我没有放任不管,尊者,请说‘要我做什么’?”沙弥说:“据说您手中有两枚舍利——右牙舍利和右锁骨舍利;请您供奉右牙舍利,而把右锁骨舍利给我。”帝释天王说:“好的,尊者。”于是帝释天王打开一由旬大的宝塔,取出右锁骨舍利,交给了须摩那。须摩那拿到后,便安奉在支提山上。
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho sumano therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā tāvadeva pattacīvaramādāya vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā pāṭaliputtadvāre oruyha rañño santikaṃ gantvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Rājā tuṭṭho sāmaṇerassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā gandhehi ubbaṭṭetvā varamuttasadisānaṃ dhātūnaṃ pūretvā adāsi. So taṃ gahetvā sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṅkami. Sakko devarājā sāmaṇeraṃ disvāva ‘‘kiṃ, bhante sumana, āhiṇḍasī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tvaṃ, mahārāja, amhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesetvā kasmā pamajjasī’’ti? ‘‘Nappamajjāmi, bhante, vadehi – ‘kiṃ karomī’’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi – dakkhiṇadāṭhā ca dakkhiṇakkhakañca; tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha, dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ pana mayhaṃ dethā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho sakko devānamindo yojanappamāṇaṃ maṇithūpaṃ ugghāṭetvā dakkhiṇakkhakadhātuṃ nīharitvā sumanassa adāsi. So taṃ gahetvā cetiyagirimhiyeva patiṭṭhāsi.
那时,以玛欣德为首的所有大长老们把阿育法王所赐的舍利安放在支提山之后,带着右锁骨,在瓦达摩那迦的树荫下前往大龙象林苑。国王也按照善见所说的那样做了供养和礼敬,然后骑上最好的象王,亲自在吉祥象的头顶撑着白伞盖,到达了大龙象林。这时他心想:“如果这真的是正自觉者的舍利,就让伞盖移开,让吉祥象屈膝跪在地上,让舍利匣安立在我的头顶。”国王的心念刚一产生,伞盖就移开了,象屈膝跪地,舍利匣安立在国王头顶。国王就像被甘露灌顶一样,充满极大的喜悦和欢欣,问道:“尊者,我们该怎么处理舍利?”回答说:“大王,先放在象的额瘤上吧。”国王拿起舍利匣,放在象的额瘤上。欢喜的龙象发出鹤鸣般的声音。大云涌起,降下莲花雨。以水为界,大地震动。天和人欢喜地说:“正自觉者的舍利竟然也要在边地安立了。”就这样,以神通威力和祥瑞,令天和人心中生起喜悦——
Atha kho mahindapamukhā sabbepi te mahānāgā asokadhammarājena dinnadhātuyo cetiyagirimhiyeva patiṭṭhāpetvā dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ ādāya vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya mahānāgavanuyyānamagamaṃsu . Rājāpi kho sumanena vuttappakāraṃ pūjāsakkāraṃ katvā hatthikkhandhavaragato sayaṃ maṅgalahatthimatthake setacchattaṃ dhārayamāno mahānāgavanaṃ sampāpuṇi. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace ayaṃ sammāsambuddhassa dhātu, chattaṃ apanamatu, maṅgalahatthī jaṇṇukehi bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahatu, dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ mayhaṃ matthake patiṭṭhātū’’ti. Saha rañño cittuppādena chattaṃ apanami, hatthī jaṇṇukehi patiṭṭhahi, dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ rañño matthake patiṭṭhahi. Rājā amateneva abhisittagatto viya paramena pītipāmojjena samannāgato hutvā pucchi – ‘‘dhātuṃ, bhante, kiṃ karomā’’ti? ‘‘Hatthikumbhamhiyeva tāva, mahārāja, ṭhapehī’’ti. Rājā dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ gahetvā hatthikumbhe ṭhapesi. Pamudito nāgo koñcanādaṃ nadi. Mahāmegho uṭṭhahitvā pokkharavassaṃ vassi. Udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahābhūmicālo ahosi. ‘‘Paccantepi nāma sammāsambuddhassa dhātu patiṭṭhahissatī’’ti devamanussā pamodiṃsu. Evaṃ iddhānubhāvasiriyā devamanussānaṃ pītiṃ janayanto –
在满月日,在四个月的雨季末尾,大精进者来到这里。
从天上下来后,停立在象的额头上。
Puṇṇamāyaṃ mahāvīro, cātumāsiniyā idha; Āgantvā devalokamhā, hatthikumbhe patiṭṭhitoti.
那时,那头象王被许多舞伎簇拥着,受到极其隆重的供养和礼敬,面朝西方,一边退一边走,一直走到城的东门,从东门进城。全城正举行盛大的供养时,它又从南门出城,走到塔园西侧一个名叫“大阇瓦图”的地方,到了那里,又转身面朝塔园折返。而当时,塔园正是过去三位正自觉者受用过的支提所在地。
Athassa so hatthināgo anekatāḷāvacaraparivārito ativiya uḷārena pūjāsakkārena sakkariyamāno pacchimadisābhimukhova hutvā, apasakkanto yāva nagarassa puratthimadvāraṃ tāva gantvā puratthimena dvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā sakalanāgarena uḷārāya pūjāya karīyamānāya dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā thūpārāmassa pacchimadisābhāge mahejavatthu nāma kira atthi, tattha gantvā puna thūpārāmābhimukhoyeva paṭinivatti. Tena ca samayena thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hoti.
据说在过去,这座岛名叫奥迦岛,国王名叫无畏,都城名叫无畏城,支提山名叫天峰山,塔园名叫帕提园。那时候,拘留孙世尊出现在世间。他有一位名叫大天的上座弟子,和一千位比丘一起住在天峰山,就像玛欣德上座住在支提山一样。那时候,奥迦岛的众生因为瘟疫而遭遇灾祸。拘留孙世尊以佛眼观察世间,看见那些众生正遭遇灾祸。看见之后,他就由四万位比丘围绕,前往那里。凭借世尊的威力,瘟疫立刻平息了。疾病平息之后,世尊宣说正法。八万四千众生证得了法现观。世尊留下一个滤水囊,然后就离开了。人们把滤水囊放进去,在帕提园修建了支提。大天上座则留在岛上教导众生。
Atīte kira ayaṃ dīpo ojadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā abhayo nāma, nagaraṃ abhayapuraṃ nāma, cetiyapabbato devakūṭapabbato nāma, thūpārāmo paṭiyārāmo nāma. Tena kho pana samayena kakusandho bhagavā loke uppanno hoti. Tassa sāvako mahādevo nāma thero bhikkhusahassena saddhiṃ devakūṭe patiṭṭhāsi, mahindatthero viya cetiyapabbate. Tena kho pana samayena ojadīpe sattā pajjarakena anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho kakusandho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanamāpajjante. Disvā cattālīsāya bhikkhusahassehi parivuto agamāsi. Tassānubhāvena tāvadeva pajjarako vūpasanto. Roge vūpasante bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā dhamakaraṇaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā paṭiyārāme cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Mahādevo dīpaṃ anusāsanto vihāsi.
在拘那含世尊的时代,这座岛名叫胜岛,国王名叫萨门提,都城名叫瓦达摩那,山名叫金峰山。那时候,胜岛发生旱灾,粮食歉收,食物匮乏。众生因饥饿而遭遇灾祸。拘那含世尊以佛眼观察世间,看见那些众生正遭遇灾祸。看后,他便在三万位比丘的围绕下前往那里。凭借佛陀的威力,天降及时雨,食物变得丰足。世尊宣说正法,八万四千众生证得法现观。世尊把名为大善见的上座及其一千位比丘眷属留在岛上,留下腰带,然后离去。人们把腰带放入其中,修建了支提。
Koṇāgamanassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo varadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā sameṇḍī nāma, nagaraṃ vaḍḍhamānaṃ nāma , pabbato suvaṇṇakūṭo nāma. Tena kho pana samayena varadīpe dubbuṭṭhikā hoti dubbhikkhaṃ dussassaṃ. Sattā chātakarogena anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho koṇāgamano bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanaṃ āpajjante. Disvā tiṃsabhikkhusahassaparivuto agamāsi. Buddhānubhāvena devo sammādhāraṃ anuppavecchi. Subhikkhaṃ ahosi. Bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ mahāsumanaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe ṭhapetvā kāyabandhanaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu.
在迦叶世尊的时代,这座岛名叫圆岛,国王名叫胜,都城名叫广博城,山名叫净峰山。那时,圆岛上发生了大争论。许多众生因为争吵斗殴而遭遇灾祸。迦叶世尊以佛眼观察世间,看见那些众生正遭遇灾祸。看后,他便在两万比丘的围绕下前来,平息了争论,然后宣说正法。八万四千众生证得法现观。世尊把名为一切喜的长老及其一千位比丘眷属安置在岛上,留下浴衣后便离开了。人们把浴衣收在里面,建了一座支提。就这样,塔园中安立了过去三位佛陀的支提。这些支提随着教法隐没而消失,只剩下遗址。因此说:“而在那时,塔园是过去三位正自觉者的受用支提所在之处。”这些支提虽然已经毁坏,却依靠天神的威力,被荆棘丛生、枝条交错的种种树木围绕而保存下来,天神心想:“别让任何人用残食、不净、污秽、垃圾等玷污这里。”
Kassapassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo maṇḍadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā jayanto nāma, nagaraṃ visālaṃ nāma, pabbato subhakūṭo nāma . Tena kho pana samayena maṇḍadīpe mahāvivādo hoti. Bahū sattā kalahaviggahajātā anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho kassapo bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanaṃ āpajjante. Disvā vīsatibhikkhusahassaparivuto āgantvā vivādaṃ vūpasametvā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ sabbanandaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe patiṭṭhāpetvā udakasāṭakaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Evaṃ thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ cetiyāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Tāni sāsanantaradhānena nassanti, ṭhānamattaṃ avasissati. Tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘tena ca samayena thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hotī’’ti. Tadetaṃ vinaṭṭhesu cetiyesu devatānubhāvena kaṇṭakasamākiṇṇasākhehi nānāgacchehi parivutaṃ tiṭṭhati – ‘‘mā naṃ koci ucchiṭṭhāsucimalakacavarehi padūsesī’’ti.
于是,国王的随从走到那头象前面,砍掉所有灌木,清理地面,把那里弄得像象掌一样平坦。象王走过去,面向那块地站好,停在它西边的菩提树处。接着人们开始从它头顶卸下舍利,但象王不让卸。国王问长老:“尊者,象王为什么不让卸下舍利?”长老回答:“大王,已经举上去的,不能再卸下来。”那时候,无畏池的水已经断了。四周地面裂开,土块松软好挖。于是大众赶紧赶紧把土运来,筑起一座有象额那么大的基座。他们随即开始制砖建塔。砖还没做完,象王白天就一连几天站在菩提树处的象棚里,夜里则在建塔基的地方来回走动。后来国王让人把基座砌好,问长老:“尊者,该建什么样的塔?”长老说:“大王,像稻谷堆那样的塔。”
Atha khvassa hatthino purato purato gantvā rājapurisā sabbagacche chinditvā bhūmiṃ sodhetvā taṃ hatthatalasadisaṃ akaṃsu. Hatthināgo gantvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ purato katvā tassa pacchimadisābhāge bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne aṭṭhāsi. Athassa matthakato dhātuṃ oropetuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Nāgo oropetuṃ na deti. Rājā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kasmā, bhante, nāgo dhātuṃ oropetuṃ na detī’’ti? ‘‘Ārūḷhaṃ, mahārāja, oropetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tasmiñca kāle abhayavāpiyā udakaṃ chinnaṃ hoti. Samantā bhūmi phalitā hoti, suuddharā mattikāpiṇḍā. Tato mahājano sīghaṃ sīghaṃ mattikaṃ āharitvā hatthikumbhappamāṇaṃ vatthumakāsi. Tāvadeva ca thūpakaraṇatthaṃ iṭṭhakā kātuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Na yāva iṭṭhakā pariniṭṭhanti tāva hatthināgo katipāhaṃ divā bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne hatthisālāyaṃ tiṭṭhati, rattiṃ thūpapatiṭṭhānabhūmiṃ pariyāyati. Atha vatthuṃ cināpetvā rājā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kīdiso, bhante, thūpo kātabbo’’ti? ‘‘Vīhirāsisadiso, mahārājā’’ti.
“善哉,尊者。”国王命人建起一座齐膝高的塔,又为安放舍利举行了盛大的供养。整座城和乡野的人都聚拢来,为了一睹舍利的壮观。当大众聚集之时,十力者的舍利从象头上腾空而起,升到七多罗树那么高,显现出双神变。从舍利的各个部位,流出六色水柱,也喷出火团,和世尊在舍卫城甘达姆巴树下所显现的神变一模一样。这神变既不是靠长老的威力,也不是靠天神的威力,而纯粹是靠佛陀的威力。据说,世尊在世时就曾决意:“我般涅槃后,在铜掌岛阿努拉德普勒城南,过去三佛曾受用的支提之处,安放我右锁骨舍利的那一天,愿双神变显现。”
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā jaṅghappamāṇaṃ thūpaṃ cināpetvā dhātuoropanatthāya mahāsakkāraṃ kāresi. Sakalanagarañca janapado ca dhātumahadassanatthaṃ sannipati. Sannipatite ca pana tasmiṃ mahājanakāye dasabalassa dhātu hatthikumbhato sattatālappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi. Tehi tehi dhātuppadesehi channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ udakadhārā ca aggikkhandhā ca pavattanti, sāvatthiyaṃ kaṇḍambamūle bhagavatā dassitapāṭihāriyasadisameva pāṭihāriyaṃ ahosi. Tañca kho neva therānubhāvena, na devatānubhāvena; apica kho buddhānubhāveneva. Bhagavā kira dharamānova adhiṭṭhāsi – ‘‘mayi parinibbute tambapaṇṇidīpe anurādhapurassa dakkhiṇadisābhāge purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhāne mama dakkhiṇakkhakadhātu patiṭṭhānadivase yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ hotū’’ti.
佛陀的境界无法用思虑测度,佛法的境界也无法用思虑测度。
对不可思议的佛功德生起净信的人,果报也是不可思议的。
‘‘Evaṃ acintiyā buddhā, buddhadhammā acintiyā; Acintiye pasannānaṃ, vipāko hoti acintiyo’’ti. (apa. thera 1.1.82);
据说,正自觉者在世时也曾三次来到这座岛。第一次,为了调伏夜叉,他独自前来,调伏了那些夜叉后,心想“我般涅槃之后,教法将在这座岛上建立”,为了守护铜叶岛,他绕岛三圈。第二次,为了调伏舅甥两位龙王,他独自前来,调伏了他们之后就离开了。第三次,他在五百位比丘的随同下前来,在大塔处、塔园塔处、大菩提树所在处、摩醯扬伽那塔处、木提扬伽那塔处、长堤塔处、迦利耶尼塔处,进入灭尽定后坐下。这是他以舍利身前来的第四次。
Sammāsambuddho kira imaṃ dīpaṃ dharamānakālepi tikkhattuṃ āgamāsi. Paṭhamaṃ – yakkhadamanatthaṃ ekakova āgantvā yakkhe dametvā ‘‘mayi parinibbute imasmiṃ dīpe sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissatī’’ti tambapaṇṇidīpe rakkhaṃ karonto tikkhattuṃ dīpaṃ āvijji. Dutiyaṃ – mātulabhāgineyyānaṃ nāgarājūnaṃ damanatthāya ekakova āgantvā te dametvā agamāsi. Tatiyaṃ – pañcabhikkhusataparivāro āgantvā mahācetiyaṭṭhāne ca thūpārāmacetiyaṭṭhāne ca mahābodhipatiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne ca mahiyaṅgaṇacetiyaṭṭhāne ca mutiyaṅgaṇacetiyaṭṭhāne ca dīghavāpicetiyaṭṭhāne ca kalyāṇiyacetiyaṭṭhāne ca nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi. Idamassa catutthaṃ dhātusarīrena āgamanaṃ.
而这舍利身散出的水滴洒遍整个铜叶岛地面,没有一处不被沾到。就这样,这舍利身用水滴平息了铜叶岛的炎热,向大众显示了神通,然后降下来,停在国王头顶上。国王觉得自己获得人身没有白得,就做了盛大的供养,把舍利安奉好。舍利刚一安奉,就发生了大地震。在那舍利的神变中,国王的弟弟、名叫无畏的王子,带着一千人出家了。从制多罗咤村有五百个少年出家,同样,从多罗曼陀罗等村庄也各有五百个少年出走出家,城内城外所有出家的人加起来共有三万比丘。塔建成后,国王、国王的兄弟们以及后妃们,各各做了连诸天、龙、夜叉都感到惊叹的供养。舍利供养完毕、殊胜舍利安奉好之后,玛欣德长老就前往云林园,在那里住了下来。
Dhātusarīrato ca panassa nikkhantaudakaphusitehi sakalatambapaṇṇitale na koci aphuṭṭhokāso nāma ahosi. Evamassa taṃ dhātusarīraṃ udakaphusitehi tambapaṇṇitalassa pariḷāhaṃ vūpasametvā mahājanassa pāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā otaritvā rañño matthake patiṭṭhāsi . Rājā saphalaṃ manussapaṭilābhaṃ maññamāno mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ karitvā dhātuṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Saha dhātupatiṭṭhāpanena mahābhūmicālo ahosi. Tasmiñca pana dhātupāṭihāriye cittaṃ pasādetvā rañño bhātā abhayo nāma rājakumāro purisasahassena saddhiṃ pabbaji. Cetaraṭṭhagāmato pañca dārakasatāni pabbajiṃsu, tathā dvāramaṇḍalādīhi gāmakehi nikkhamitvā pañcapañca dārakasatāni sabbānipi antonagarato ca bahinagarato ca pabbajitāni tiṃsabhikkhusahassāni ahesuṃ. Niṭṭhite pana thūpasmiṃ rājā ca rājabhātikā ca deviyo ca devanāgayakkhānampi vimhayakaraṃ paccekaṃ paccekaṃ pūjaṃ akaṃsu. Niṭṭhitāya pana dhātupūjāya patiṭṭhite dhātuvare mahindatthero meghavanuyyānameva gantvā vāsaṃ kappesi.
那时候,阿努拉王后生起了出家的念头,就把这件事禀告了国王。国王听完她的话,对长老这样说:“尊者,阿努拉王后想出家,请您为她剃度吧。”长老回答:“大王,这不行。我们僧团不允许给女人剃度。不过,我在华氏城有个妹妹,名叫僧伽蜜多长老尼,请您派人去请她来。另外,大王,这座岛上过去有三位正等正觉者的菩提树曾经安立过。我们世尊的菩提树,也应当以放射光网的方式在这里安立。所以,您应该派人传话,让僧伽蜜多带着菩提树一起来。”
Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye anuḷā devī pabbajitukāmā hutvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā tassā vacanaṃ sutvā theraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘anuḷā, bhante, devī pabbajitukāmā, pabbājetha na’’nti. ‘‘Na, mahārāja, amhākaṃ mātugāmaṃ pabbājetuṃ kappati. Pāṭaliputte pana mayhaṃ bhaginī saṅghamittattherī nāma atthi, taṃ pakkosāpehi. Imasmiñca pana, mahārāja, dīpe purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ bodhi patiṭṭhāsi. Amhākampi bhagavato sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanakena bodhinā idha patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, tasmā tathā sāsanaṃ pahiṇeyyāsi yathā saṅghamittā bodhiṃ gahetvā āgaccheyyā’’ti.
“善哉,尊者!”国王接受了长老的话,和大臣们商议后,对自己的外甥阿利咤说:“孩子,你能去华氏城,把大菩提树和僧伽蜜多长老尼一起请来吗?”“大王,如果您允许我出家,我就能办到。”“去吧,孩子,把长老尼请来之后再出家。”他领受了国王和长老的吩咐,凭长老的决意,一天之内就到了阎浮拘罗港,登船渡海,径直前往华氏城。阿菟罗王后也和五百名宫女、五百名后宫女子一起受持十戒,披上袈裟,在城中一处建了精舍住下来。阿利咤也在当天传达了国王的吩咐,这样说道:“大王,您的儿子玛欣德长老这样传话:‘听说您的盟友天爱帝须王的弟媳,名叫阿菟罗的王后想要出家,请派僧伽蜜多长老尼来为她剃度,也请长老尼把大菩提树一起带来。’”他禀报了长老的传话后,就去见僧伽蜜多长老尼,这样说道:“圣尼,您的兄长玛欣德长老派我来到您这里。天爱帝须王的弟媳,名叫阿菟罗的王后,和五百名宫女、五百名后宫女子一起想要出家,请您前去为她们剃度。”她立刻急急忙忙来到国王面前,这样说道:“大王,我的兄长玛欣德长老传来这样的消息:‘据说国王的弟媳,名叫阿菟罗的王后,和五百名宫女、五百名后宫女子一起想要出家,正等着我回去。’大王,我要去铜掌岛了。”
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā amaccehi saddhiṃ mantento ariṭṭhaṃ nāma attano bhāgineyyaṃ āha – ‘‘sakkhissasi tvaṃ, tāta, pāṭaliputtaṃ gantvā mahābodhinā saddhiṃ ayyaṃ saṅghamittattheriṃ ānetu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkhissāmi, deva, sace me pabbajjaṃ anujānissasī’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha, tāta , theriṃ ānetvā pabbajāhī’’ti. So rañño ca therassa ca sāsanaṃ gahetvā therassa adhiṭṭhānavasena ekadivaseneva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā nāvaṃ abhiruhitvā samuddaṃ atikkamitvā pāṭaliputtameva agamāsi. Anuḷāpi kho devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ dasa sīlāni samādiyitvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā nagarassa ekadese upassayaṃ kārāpetvā nivāsaṃ kappesi. Ariṭṭhopi taṃdivasameva rañño sāsanaṃ appesi, evañca avoca – ‘‘putto te, deva, mahindatthero evamāha – ‘sahāyakassa kira te devānampiyatissassa rañño bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pabbajitukāmā , taṃ pabbājetuṃ ayyaṃ saṅghamittattheriṃ pahiṇatha, ayyāyeva ca saddhiṃ mahābodhi’’’nti. Therassa sāsanaṃ ārocetvā saṅghamittattheriṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – ‘‘ayye, tumhākaṃ bhātā mahindatthero maṃ tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pesesi, devānampiyatissassa rañño bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi, pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā, taṃ kira āgantvā pabbājethā’’ti. Sā tāvadeva turitaturitā rañño santikaṃ gantvā evamāha – ‘‘mahārāja, mayhaṃ bhātā mahindatthero evaṃ pahiṇi, ‘rañño kira bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā mayhaṃ āgamanaṃ udikkhati’. Gacchāmahaṃ, mahārāja, tambapaṇṇidīpa’’nti.
国王说:“母亲啊,我的儿子马欣德长老和我的孙子苏摩那沙弥,就像砍断我的手一样,去了铜掌岛。我看不到他们,心里生起忧愁,可一见到您的脸,这忧愁就平息了!够了,母亲,您别去了。” “大王,兄长的吩咐对我来说很沉重;阿努拉这位刹帝利女子,由一千名妇女围绕着,一心等着出家,她正等着我;大王,我要去。” “既然如此,母亲,您就带着大菩提树去吧。” 国王哪来的大菩提树呢?据说,国王在此之前,为了将来迎请舍利,就想派苏摩那去兰卡岛迎请大菩提树,但他心想:“我怎样才能把这棵不可损伤的大菩提树送过去呢?”他找不到办法,便问一位名叫大天的大臣。大臣说:“大王,有很多博学的比丘。”国王听了,为比丘僧团准备了饭食,饭食结束后,问僧团:“诸位尊者,世尊的大菩提树应该去兰卡岛吗?”僧团把这个重任交给了目犍连子帝须长老。
Rājā āha – ‘‘amma, puttopi me mahindatthero nattā ca me sumanasāmaṇero maṃ chinnahatthaṃ viya karontā tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gatā. Tassa mayhaṃ tepi apassantassa uppanno soko tava mukhaṃ passantassa vūpasammati! Alaṃ, amma, mā tvaṃ agamāsī’’ti. ‘‘Bhāriyaṃ me, mahārāja, bhātu vacanaṃ; anuḷāpi khattiyā itthisahassaparivutā pabbajjāpurekkhārā maṃ paṭimāneti; gacchāmahaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, amma, mahābodhiṃ gahetvā gacchāhī’’ti. Kuto rañño mahābodhi? Rājā kira tato pubbe eva dhātuggahaṇatthāya anāgate sumane laṅkādīpaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesetukāmo, ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho asatthaghātārahaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesessāmī’’ti upāyaṃ apassanto mahādevaṃ nāma amaccaṃ pucchi. So āha – ‘‘santi, deva, bahū paṇḍitā bhikkhū’’ti. Taṃ sutvā rājā bhikkhusaṅghassa bhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhattakiccāvasāne saṅghaṃ pucchi – ‘‘gantabbaṃ nu kho, bhante, bhagavato mahābodhinā laṅkādīpaṃ no’’ti? Saṅgho moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi.
长老说:“大王,大菩提树应当去兰卡岛。”说完,便讲述了世尊的五个大决意。是哪五个呢?据说,世尊躺在大般涅槃的床座上时,为了在兰卡岛安立大菩提树,决意道:“阿育王为了迎请大菩提树而前往时,大菩提树的南枝要自行折断,安立在金盆之中。”这是第一个决意。
Thero ‘‘gantabbaṃ, mahārāja, mahābodhinā laṅkādīpa’’nti vatvā bhagavato pañcamahāadhiṭṭhānāni kathesi. Katamāni pañca? Bhagavā kira mahāparinibbānamañce nipanno laṅkādīpe mahābodhipatiṭṭhāpanatthāya ‘‘asokamahārājā mahābodhiggahaṇatthaṃ gamissati, tadā mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā sayameva chijjitvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhātū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idamekamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.
这时,在安立的时候,他又决意道:“大菩提树要进入雪山云的胎中而安立。”这是第二个决意。
Tattha patiṭṭhānakāle ca ‘‘mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā patiṭṭhātū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ dutiyamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.
第七天,从雪云之胎中降下,安立在金盆里的时候,让枝叶和果实放出六色光芒——这是第三个决意。
‘‘Sattame divase himavalāhakagabbhato oruyha suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahanto pattehi ca phalehi ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñcatū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ tatiyamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.
他在塔园寺的右锁骨舍利塔安立那天,决意要示现双神变——这是第四个决意。
‘‘Thūpārāme dakkhiṇakkhakadhātu cetiyamhi patiṭṭhānadivase yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ catutthaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ.
我在兰卡岛上那一斗量的舍利安奉于大塔的时候,就取佛的形象,升上虚空,示现双神变吧。这就是第五个决意。
Laṅkādīpamhiyeva me doṇamattā dhātuyo mahācetiyamhi patiṭṭhānakāle buddhavesaṃ gahetvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karontū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ pañcamaṃ adhiṭṭhānanti.
国王听完这五个大决意,生起清净信心,下令整修从华氏城到大菩提树之间的道路,又命人运出大量黄金,用来打造金盆。就在这时,工巧天子知道了国王的心意,化作铁匠的模样,站在国王面前。国王看见他,就说:“孩子,拿这些黄金去做一个盆吧。”他问:“大王,您知道要做多大吗?”国王说:“孩子,你自己估量着做吧。”他说:“好的,大王,我来做。”于是接过黄金,凭自己的神通力用手一抹,就变出一个金盆:周长九肘,高五肘,宽三肘,厚八指,盆口边缘像象鼻那么大。随后,国王率领长七由旬、宽三由旬的大军,带着圣僧团从华氏城出发,前往大菩提树附近。军队竖起幢幡旗帜,用各种宝石装饰得五彩缤纷,佩戴种种庄严饰物,撒满各种鲜花,奏响各种乐器,把大菩提树团团围住。国王带着一千位以长老为首的大弟子,又让整个赡部洲已灌顶的一千位国王围绕自己和菩提树,然后站在大菩提树下,抬头仰望大菩提树。大菩提树除了树干和南边大枝上大约四肘长的一段之外,其余部分都看不见了。
Rājā imāni pañca mahāadhiṭṭhānāni sutvā pasannacitto pāṭaliputtato yāva mahābodhi tāva maggaṃ paṭijaggāpetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhatthāya bahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ nīharāpesi. Tāvadeva ca rañño cittaṃ ñatvā vissakammadevaputto kammāravaṇṇaṃ nimminitvā purato aṭṭhāsi. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘tāta, imaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā kaṭāhaṃ karohī’’ti āha. ‘‘Pamāṇaṃ, deva, jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Tvameva, tāta, ñatvā karohī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, deva, karissāmī’’ti suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā attano ānubhāvena hatthena parimajjitvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ nimmini navahatthaparikkhepaṃ pañcahatthubbedhaṃ tihatthavikkhambhaṃ aṭṭhaṅgulabahalaṃ hatthisoṇḍappamāṇamukhavaṭṭiṃ. Atha rājā sattayojanāyāmāya tiyojanavitthārāya mahatiyā senāya pāṭaliputtato nikkhamitvā ariyasaṅghamādāya mahābodhisamīpaṃ agamāsi. Senā samussitadhajapaṭākaṃ nānāratanavicittaṃ anekālaṅkārapaamaṇḍitaṃ nānāvidhakusumasamākiṇṇaṃ anekatūriyasaṅghuṭṭhaṃ mahābodhiṃ parikkhipi. Rājā sahassamatte gaṇapāmokkhe mahāthere gahetvā sakalajambudīpe pattābhisekānaṃ rājūnaṃ sahassena attānañca mahābodhiñca parivārāpetvā mahābodhimūle ṭhatvā mahābodhiṃ ullokesi. Mahābodhissa khandhañca dakkhiṇamahāsākhāya catuhatthappamāṇappadesañca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ adassanaṃ agamāsi.
国王看到这个神变后,生起欢喜与喜悦,对比丘僧团说:“尊者,我看到这个神变,心生欢喜,愿意用整个赡部洲的王权来供养大菩提。”说完就为大菩提举行了灌顶仪式。然后他用花、香等供养,右绕三圈,在八个地方礼拜,起身合掌站立,想以真实语的力量来摄持菩提,就让人从地面到大菩提南枝那么高的地方,安置了一座众宝所成的宝座,在宝座上放了一个金盆,自己登上宝座,拿起金笔,用朱砂画了一道线,然后作真实语的誓言:“如果大菩提应当安立在兰卡岛,如果我对佛陀的教法没有疑惑,愿大菩提自己从这金盆中降下,安住下来。”真实语刚一说完,菩提枝就在朱砂画线的地方断开,停在盛满香泥的金盆上方。这根树干高十肘,有五根大枝各长四肘,每根大枝上装饰着五个果实,细枝则有一千根。接着,国王在根部画线的上方三指宽的地方,又画了一道线。立刻就有泡状物冒出来,长出十条大根。然后他又在往上每隔三指的地方,依次画了九道线。这些线也各自生出十个泡,长出了九十条根。最初那十条大根伸出约四指长,其余的根像牛眼窗格一样交织着伸出来。国王站在宝座顶上,看到这个神变,合掌发出大欢呼。数千位比丘齐声赞善,整个王军欢声雷动,百千人抛衣挥舞。从地居天开始,一直到梵身天的诸天,都发出赞善之声。国王看着这个神变,喜悦遍满全身,合掌站立,大菩提就以一百条根安立在金盆中。十条大根触到金盆底部停住。其余九十条细根渐渐生长,伸入香泥中安住。
Rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā uppannapītipāmojjo ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā tuṭṭho mahābodhiṃ sakalajambudīparajjena pūjemī’’ti bhikkhusaṅghassa vatvā abhisekaṃ adāsi. Tato pupphagandhādīhi pūjetvā tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu vanditvā uṭṭhāya añjaliṃ paggayha ṭhatvā saccavacanakiriyāya bodhiṃ gaṇhitukāmo bhūmito yāva mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā tāva uccaṃ katvā ṭhapitassa sabbaratanamayapīṭhassa upari suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ ṭhapāpetvā ratanapīṭhaṃ āruyha suvaṇṇatulikaṃ gahetvā manosilāya lekhaṃ katvā ‘‘yadi mahābodhinā laṅkādīpe patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, yadi cāhaṃ buddhasāsane nibbematiko bhaveyyaṃ, mahābodhi sayameva imasmiṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe oruyha patiṭṭhātū’’ti saccavacanakiriyamakāsi. Saha saccakiriyāya bodhisākhā manosilāya paricchinnaṭṭhāne chijjitvā gandhakalalapūrassa suvaṇṇakaṭāhassa upari aṭṭhāsi. Tassa ubbedhena dasahattho khandho hoti catuhatthā pañca mahāsākhā pañcahiyeva phalehi paṭimaṇḍitā, khuddakasākhānaṃ pana sahassaṃ. Atha rājā mūlalekhāya upari tivaṅgulappadese aññaṃ lekhaṃ paricchindi. Tato tāvadeva pupphuḷakā hutvā dasa mahāmūlāni nikkhamiṃsu. Puna uparūpari tivaṅgule tivaṅgule aññā nava lekhā paricchindi. Tāhipi dasa dasa pupphuḷakā hutvā navuti mūlāni nikkhamiṃsu. Paṭhamakā dasa mahāmūlā caturaṅgulamattaṃ nikkhantā. Itarepi gavakkhajālasadisaṃ anusibbantā nikkhantā. Ettakaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ rājā ratanapīṭhamatthake ṭhitoyeva disvā añjaliṃ paggayha mahānādaṃ nadi. Anekāni bhikkhusahassāni sādhukāramakaṃsu. Sakalarājasenā unnādinī ahosi. Celukkhepasatasahassāni pavattayiṃsu. Bhūmaṭṭhakadeve ādiṃ katvā yāva brahmakāyikā devā tāva sādhukāraṃ pavattayiṃsu. Rañño imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ passantassa pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭasarīrassa añjaliṃ paggahetvā ṭhitasseva mahābodhi mūlasatena suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhāsi. Dasa mahāmūlāni suvaṇṇakaṭāhatalaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu. Avasesāni navuti khuddakamūlāni anupubbena vaḍḍhanakāni hutvā gandhakalale oruyha ṭhitāni.
大菩提刚在金盆里安放好,大地就震动了。空中天鼓齐鸣。山岳起舞,诸天喝彩,夜叉呼啸,阿修罗唱赞,梵天弹指,云层轰响,四足兽吼叫,飞鸟啼鸣,一切乐器各发各的声音,从地面一直到梵天界,整个变成一片喧腾、一片巨响。从五根大枝的每一颗果实中,放出六色光芒,照遍整个轮围世界,好像用宝石把整个世界用椽条缝缀起来一样,一直升到梵天界。从那一刻起,大菩提就被雪云包住,像进了胎中,安住七天。谁也看不见大菩提。国王从宝座上下来,七天里一直供养大菩提。到第七天,雪和六色光芒从四面八方回转,进入大菩提中。雪云散去,轮围世界内部清净明澈,大菩提枝干圆满,细枝繁茂,五颗果实庄严,显现为安立在金盆中。国王看见大菩提,因为这些神变而生起欢喜与喜悦,说道:我要用整个赡部洲的王权来供养这幼嫩的大菩提。于是举行灌顶,在大菩提所在之处安住七天。
Evaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitamatte mahābodhimhi mahāpathavī cali. Ākāse devadundubhiyo phaliṃsu. Pabbatānaṃ naccehi devānaṃ sādhukārehi yakkhānaṃ hiṅkārehi asurānaṃ thutijappehi brahmānaṃ apphoṭanehi meghānaṃ gajjitehi catuppadānaṃ ravehi pakkhīnaṃ rutehi sabbatāḷāvacarānaṃ sakasakapaṭibhānehi pathavītalato yāva brahmalokā tāva ekakolāhalaṃ ekaninnādaṃ ahosi. Pañcasu sākhāsu phalato phalato chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo nikkhamitvā sakalacakkavāḷaṃ ratanagopānasīvinaddhaṃ viya kurumānā yāva brahmalokā abbhuggacchiṃsu. Taṃ khaṇato ca pana pabhuti satta divasāni mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā aṭṭhāsi. Na koci mahābodhiṃ passati. Rājā ratanapīṭhato oruyha satta divasāni mahābodhipūjaṃ kāresi. Sattame divase sabbadisāhi himā ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo ca āvattitvā mahābodhimeva pavisiṃsu. Vigatahimavalāhake vippasanne cakkavāḷagabbhe mahābodhi paripuṇṇakhandhasākhāpasākho pañcaphalapaṭimaṇḍito suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitova paññāyittha. Rājā mahābodhiṃ disvā tehi pāṭihāriyehi sañjātapītipāmojjo ‘‘sakalajambudīparajjena taruṇamahābodhiṃ pūjessāmī’’ti abhisekaṃ datvā satta divasāni mahābodhiṭṭhāneyeva aṭṭhāsi.
大菩提在秋季自恣日前一天的傍晚,第一次被安放在金盆里。之后,经过雪胎七日与灌顶七日,国王在黑分斋戒日那天,一天之内就进了华氏城,在秋季白分初一那天,把大菩提安置在东边的大娑罗树下。从安放在金盆那天算起,到第十七天,大菩提长出了新芽。国王看到这些,也生起了净信,又以王权供养大菩提,行了整个赡部洲的灌顶礼。那时,善慧沙弥在秋季满月日,为了取舍利而前去,见到了大菩提的秋季庆典供养。就这样,关于从大菩提座请来、安置在华氏城的大菩提,他说道:那么,母亲,您就拿着大菩提去吧。她回答:善哉。
Mahābodhi pubbakattikapavāraṇādivase sāyanhasamaye paṭhamaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahi. Tato himagabbhasattāhaṃ abhisekasattāhañca vītināmetvā kāḷapakkhassa uposathadivase rājā ekadivaseneva pāṭaliputtaṃ pavisitvā kattikajuṇhapakkhassa pāṭipadadivase mahābodhiṃ pācīnamahāsālamūle ṭhapesi. Suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitadivasato sattarasame divase mahābodhissa abhinavaṅkurā pāturahesuṃ. Te disvāpi pasanno rājā puna mahābodhiṃ rajjena pūjento sakalajambudīpābhisekamadāsi. Tadā sumanasāmaṇero kattikapuṇṇamadivase dhātuggahaṇatthaṃ gato mahābodhissa kattikachaṇapūjaṃ addasa. Evaṃ mahābodhimaṇḍato ānetvā pāṭaliputte ṭhapitaṃ mahābodhiṃ sandhāya āha – ‘‘tena hi, amma, mahābodhiṃ gahetvā gacchāhī’’ti. Sā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchi.
国王为了守护大菩提,派出了十八个天族、八个大臣家族、八个婆罗门家族、八个居士家族、八个牧牛人家族、八个鬣狗家族和八个羯陵伽家族,又给了八个金瓶和八个银瓶用来洒水。带着这些随从,他把大菩提安置到恒河的船上,自己也从城里出发,越过毗阇陀林,一路走了七天,终于到达多摩梨帝。沿途,天、龙、人都对大菩提做了盛大的供养。国王也在海边把大菩提安放了七天,献出了整个赡部洲的大王权。这是他第三次献出赡部洲的王权。
Rājā mahābodhirakkhaṇatthāya aṭṭhārasa devatākulāni, aṭṭha amaccakulāni, aṭṭha brāhmaṇakulāni, aṭṭha kuṭumbiyakulāni, aṭṭha gopakakulāni, aṭṭha taracchakulāni, aṭṭha ca kāliṅgakulāni datvā udakasiñcanatthāya ca aṭṭha suvaṇṇaghaṭe, aṭṭha ca rajataghaṭe datvā iminā parivārena mahābodhiṃ gaṅgāya nāvaṃ āropetvā sayampi nagarato nikkhamitvā vijjhāṭaviṃ samatikkamma anupubbena sattahi divasehi tāmalittiṃ anuppatto. Antarāmagge devanāgamanussā uḷāraṃ mahābodhipūjaṃ akaṃsu. Rājāpi samuddatīre satta divasāni mahābodhiṃ ṭhapetvā sakalajambudīpamahārajjaṃ adāsi. Idamassa tatiyaṃ jambudīparajjasampadānaṃ hoti.
阿育法王这样以整个大王国隆重供养之后,在摩揭陀月第一月初一那天,把大菩提树举起来,下到齐颈深的水里,把它安放在船上,又让僧伽蜜多长老尼和她的随从们上船,然后对阿利吒大臣这样说:“孩子,我用整个赡部洲的王权,三次供养了大菩提树,下到齐颈深的水里,把它送去给我那位盟友,他也应当同样供养大菩提树。”这样把嘱咐交代给盟友之后,他礼敬合掌,眼泪不断流下来,站在那里说:“那放出十力者自身光芒之网的大菩提树,真的要走了。”就在大王眼睁睁看着的时候,那艘载着大菩提树的船驶入了大海。大海四周一由旬之内,波浪都平息了;五色莲花盛开;空中奏起了天乐;依止在水里、陆上、树上等处的天神们所献的供养极其盛大。僧伽蜜多长老尼又以金翅鸟的形象去吓唬大海里的龙族。那些龙惊慌害怕,前来见到这番盛况后,就向长老尼请求,把大菩提树迎请到龙宫,以龙王的尊荣供养了七天,然后又把它放回船上。就在当天,船抵达了阎浮拘罗港。阿育大王因为和大菩提树分离而痛苦,哭泣悲号,一直望到看不见为止,才转身回去。
Evaṃ mahārajjena pūjetvā māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivase asoko dhammarājā mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā saṅghamittattherimpi saparivāraṃ nāvaṃ āropetvā ariṭṭhaṃ amaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, tāta, mahābodhiṃ tikkhattuṃ sakalajambudīparajjena pūjetvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha mama sahāyakassa pesesiṃ, sopi evameva mahābodhiṃ pūjetū’’ti. Evaṃ sahāyakassa sāsanaṃ datvā ‘‘gacchati vatare, dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālaṃ vimuñcanto mahābodhirukkho’’ti vanditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā assūni pavattayamāno aṭṭhāsi. Sāpi kho mahābodhisamārūḷhā nāvā passato passato mahārājassa mahāsamuddatalaṃ pakkhantā. Mahāsamuddepi samantā yojanaṃ vīciyo vūpasantā; pañca vaṇṇāni padumāni pupphitāni; antalikkhe dibbāni tūriyāni pavajjiṃsu; ākāse jalajathalajarukkhādisannissitāhi devatāhi pavattitā ativiya uḷārā pūjā ahosi. Saṅghamittattherīpi supaṇṇarūpena mahāsamudde nāgakulāni santāsesi. Te ca utrastarūpā nāgā āgantvā taṃ vibhūtiṃ passitvā theriṃ yācitvā mahābodhiṃ nāgabhavanaṃ atiharitvā satta divasāni nāgarajjena pūjetvā puna nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Taṃdivasameva nāvā jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ agamāsi. Asokamahārājāpi mahābodhiviyogadukkhito kanditvā roditvā yāva dassanavisayaṃ oloketvā paṭinivatti.
天爱帝须大王也听从沙弥须摩那的话,从摩羯月第一月初一那天开始,从北门一直到阎浮拘罗港,把道路清理好、装饰好。出城那天,他站在北门附近的海边盐田地基那里,凭着长老的威德,亲眼看见大菩提树带着那样的光辉从大海那边过来,心里非常欢喜。他出了城,一路上让人撒满五色花,一段一段地摆上花供,一天之内就到了阎浮拘罗港。他被各种乐师围绕着,用花、烟、香、涂香等供养,然后下到齐颈深的水里,以清净的信心把大菩提树举起来,安放在自己头顶上,说:“那放射十力者身光之网的大菩提树,真的来了。”他和护送大菩提树来的十六个具足种姓的家族一起从海里上岸,把大菩提树安放在海岸上,以整个铜掌岛的王权供养了三天,又把王权分给十六个具足种姓的家族。第四天,他捧起大菩提树,举行盛大的供养,一路逐渐到了阿努拉德普勒城。在阿努拉德普勒城也作了大恭敬,在十四日树荫增长的时候,从北门把大菩提树迎入城中,穿过城中央,从南门出去,在南门外五百弓的地方——那里是我们正自觉者入灭尽定而坐的地方,过去三位正自觉者也都在那里入定而坐,拘留孙世尊的大合欢菩提树、拘那含牟尼世尊的优昙钵菩提树、迦叶正自觉者的尼拘律菩提树都曾安立在那里——就在那个大云林园中最殊胜的地方,听从沙弥须摩那的话,在最初已经做好地基平整的王园门楼处,安立了大菩提树。
Devānampiyatisso mahārājāpi kho sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivasato pabhuti uttaradvārato paṭṭhāya yāva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ tāva maggaṃ sodhāpetvā alaṅkārāpetvā nagarato nikkhamanadivase uttaradvārasamīpe samuddasālavatthusmiṃ ṭhitoyeva tāya vibhūtiyā mahāsamudde āgacchantaṃyeva mahābodhiṃ therassa ānubhāvena disvā tuṭṭhamānaso nikkhamitvā sabbaṃ maggaṃ pañcavaṇṇehi pupphehi okirāpento antarantare pupphaagghiyāni ṭhapento ekāheneva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā sabbatāḷāvacaraparivuto pupphadhūmagandhavāsādīhi pūjayamāno galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha ‘‘āgato vatare, dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanako mahābodhirukkho’’ti pasannacitto mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā uttamaṅge sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā mahābodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatehi soḷasahi jātisampannakulehi saddhiṃ samuddato paccuttaritvā samuddatīre mahābodhiṃ ṭhapetvā tīṇi divasāni sakalatambapaṇṇidīparajjena pūjesi, soḷasannaṃ jātisampannakulānaṃ rajjaṃ vicāresi. Atha catutthe divase mahābodhiṃ ādāya uḷāraṃ pūjaṃ kurumāno anupubbena anurādhapuraṃ sampatto. Anurādhapurepi mahāsakkāraṃ katvā cātuddasīdivase vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya mahābodhiṃ uttaradvārena pavesetvā nagaramajjhena atiharanto dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇadvārato pañcadhanusatike ṭhāne yattha amhākaṃ sammāsambuddho nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi, purimakā ca tayo sammāsambuddhā samāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdiṃsu, yattha kakusandhassa bhagavato mahāsirīsabodhi, konāgamanassa bhagavato udumbarabodhi, kassapasammāsambuddhassa ca nigrodhabodhi patiṭṭhāsi, tasmiṃ mahāmeghavanuyyānassa tilakabhūte sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena paṭhamameva katabhūmiparikamme rājavatthudvārakoṭṭhakaṭṭhāne mahābodhiṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
怎么发生的呢?据说,那十六个出身高贵的家族围着菩提树一起来到后,换上了王族的装束。国王则换上了守门人的装束。十六个家族一起捧着大菩提树,把它放了下来。大菩提树刚一离开他们的手,就立刻腾空而起,升到八十肘高的空中,放出六色光芒。光芒铺满整个岛屿,一直延伸到梵天界才停住。一万个人看到大菩提树的神变,生起净信,依次修习观禅,证得阿罗汉果,然后出了家。直到太阳落山,大菩提树一直停在半空中。太阳落山后,在毕宿星宿的时刻,它落到了大地上。就在菩提树落地的同时,以水为边界的大地震动了。大菩提树安住下来后,整整七天隐没在寒云之中,世人看不见它。到了第七天,天空中没有一丝云彩,六色光芒炽烈地闪耀放射出来。大菩提树的树干、枝条、叶子和五颗果实都显现了出来。马欣德长老、僧伽蜜多长老尼和国王带着随从,都来到了大菩提树所在的地方。岛上几乎所有居民也都聚集了过来。就在众人注视之下,北边枝条上有一颗果实成熟了,从枝上脱落下来。长老伸出手,果实落在了长老手中。长老把果实递给国王,说:“大王,请种下它。”国王接过来,放进金盆里,铺上甜土,填满香泥,种了下去,然后安置在大菩提树附近。就在所有人眼前,八棵四肘高的幼菩提树长了出来。国王看到这奇异景象,用白伞供养这八棵幼菩提树,并举行了灌顶仪式。之后,一棵菩提树被种在了来时的路上、大菩提树最初安立的地方——詹布果港;一棵种在塔瓦卡婆罗门村的村口;一棵种在塔园寺;一棵种在自在化作精舍;一棵种在第一塔处;一棵种在支提山;一棵种在罗哈那国的迦惹村;一棵种在罗哈那国的栴檀村。剩下四颗果实的种子长出的三十二棵幼菩提树,则种在了由旬园中。
Kathaṃ? Tāni kira bodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatāni soḷasa jātisampannakulāni rājavesaṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Rājā dovārikavesaṃ gaṇhi. Soḷasa kulāni mahābodhiṃ gahetvā oropayiṃsu. Mahābodhi tesaṃ hatthato muttasamanantarameva asītihatthappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñci. Raṃsiyo sakaladīpaṃ pattharitvā upari brahmalokaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu. Mahābodhipāṭihāriyaṃ disvā sañjātappasādāni dasapurisasahassāni anupubbavipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ patvā pabbajiṃsu. Yāva sūriyatthaṅgamā mahābodhi antalikkhe aṭṭhāsi. Atthaṅgamite pana sūriye rohiṇinakkhattena pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāsi. Saha bodhipatiṭṭhānā udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahāpathavī akampi. Patiṭṭhahitvā ca pana mahābodhi satta divasāni himagabbhe sannisīdi. Lokassa adassanaṃ agamāsi. Sattame divase vigatavalāhakaṃ nabhaṃ ahosi. Chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo jalantā vipphurantā nicchariṃsu. Mahābodhissa khandho ca sākhāyo ca pattāni ca pañca phalāni ca dassiṃsu. Mahindatthero ca saṅghamittattherī ca rājā ca saparivārā mahābodhiṭṭhānameva agamaṃsu. Yebhuyyena ca sabbe dīpavāsino sannipatiṃsu. Tesaṃ passantānaṃyeva uttarasākhato ekaṃ phalaṃ paccitvā sākhato mucci. Thero hatthaṃ upanāmesi. Phalaṃ therassa hatthe patiṭṭhāsi. Taṃ thero ‘‘ropaya, mahārājā’’ti rañño adāsi. Rājā gahetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe madhurapaṃsuṃ ākiritvā gandhakalalaṃ pūretvā ropetvā mahābodhiāsannaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sabbesaṃ passantānaṃyeva catuhatthappamāṇā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Rājā taṃ acchariyaṃ disvā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhe setacchattena pūjetvā abhisekaṃ adāsi. Tato ekaṃ bodhirukkhaṃ āgamanakāle mahābodhinā paṭhamapatiṭṭhitokāse jambukolapaṭṭane ropayiṃsu, ekaṃ tavakkabrāhmaṇassa gāmadvāre, ekaṃ thūpārāme, ekaṃ issaranimmānavihāre, ekaṃ paṭhamacetiyaṭṭhāne, ekaṃ cetiyapabbate, ekaṃ rohaṇajanapadamhi kājaragāme, ekaṃ rohaṇajanapadamhiyeva candanagāme. Itaresaṃ catunnaṃ phalānaṃ bījehi jāte dvattiṃsa bodhitaruṇe yojaniyaārāmesu patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
就这样,当那棵作为十力者法幢的大菩提树,为了周边岛上居民的利益和安乐,通过子孙代代相续而稳固建立起来的时候,阿努拉王后带着五百名少女和五百名后宫女子,总共一千名女性,在僧伽蜜多长老尼面前出家,不久就带着自己的随从们一起证得了阿罗汉果。国王的外甥阿利吒也带着五百名男子,在长老面前出家,不久也带着随从们一起证得了阿罗汉果。
Evaṃ puttanattuparamparāya samantā dīpavāsīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya patiṭṭhite dasabalassa dhammadhajabhūte mahābodhimhi anuḷā devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehīti mātugāmasahassena saddhiṃ saṅghamittattheriyā santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva saparivārā arahatte patiṭṭhāsi. Ariṭṭhopi kho rañño bhāgineyyo pañcahi purisasatehi saddhiṃ therassa santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva saparivāro arahatte patiṭṭhāsi.
有一天,国王礼敬了大菩提树之后,和长老一起前往塔园。当他来到铜殿所在的地方时,人们献上了花。国王把花给了长老。长老用这些花供养铜殿所在的地方。花刚一落到地上,就发生了大地震。国王问:“尊者,大地为什么震动?”长老回答说:“大王,将来在这个地方会有僧团的布萨堂,这是它的前兆。”
Athekadivasaṃ rājā mahābodhiṃ vanditvā therena saddhiṃ thūpārāmaṃ gacchati. Tassa lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ sampattassa purisā pupphāni abhihariṃsu. Rājā therassa pupphāni adāsi. Thero pupphehi lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ pūjesi. Pupphesu bhūmiyaṃ patitamattesu mahābhūmicālo ahosi. Rājā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, bhūmi calitā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Ismiṃ, mahārāja, okāse saṅghassa anāgate uposathāgāraṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti.
国王又与长老一同前行,到了芒果园那个地方。在那里,有人给他送来一颗色泽和香气都很好、味道极甜的熟芒果。国王把芒果递给长老受用。长老就在那里吃完后,说:“把它种在这里吧。”国王拿起那颗芒果核,就地种下,浇了水。芒果核刚一入土,大地就震动了。国王问:“尊者,大地为什么震动?”长老回答:“大王,将来在这个地方,会出现僧团名为‘芒果园’的集会处,这就是它的前兆。”
Rājā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto ambaṅgaṇaṭṭhānaṃ patto. Tatthassa vaṇṇagandhasampannaṃ atimadhurarasaṃ ekaṃ ambapakkaṃ āharīyittha. Rājā taṃ therassa paribhogatthāya adāsi. Thero tattheva paribhuñjitvā ‘‘idaṃ ettheva ropethā’’ti āha. Rājā taṃ ambaṭṭhiṃ gahetvā tattheva ropetvā udakaṃ āsiñci. Saha ambabījaropanena pathavī akampi. Rājā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampitthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Imasmiṃ, mahārāja, okāse saṅghassa anāgate ‘ambaṅgaṇaṃ’ nāma sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti.
国王在那里撒下八捧花,礼敬之后,又和长老一起前行,到了大塔所在的地方。这时,侍从们给他献上瞻波迦花。国王把这些花给了长老。长老用花供养大塔所在的地方,然后礼敬。就在那时,大地震动了。国王问:“尊者,大地为什么震动?”长老说:“大王,将来在这个地方,会出现一座无与伦比的、属于佛陀世尊的大塔,这是它的前兆。”“尊者,那就由我来建吧。”“不用了,大王,您还有很多别的事要做。不过,您的孙子,名叫杜咤伽摩尼·阿巴耶的,他会建。”“那么,尊者,如果我孙子会建,就等于我已经建了。”于是国王让人取来一根十二肘高的石柱,刻上字:“天爱帝须王的孙子,名叫杜咤伽摩尼·阿巴耶的,要在这个地方建塔。”立好石柱、礼敬之后,国王问长老:“尊者,教法在铜掌岛已经安立了吗?”“大王,教法已经安立了,但它的根还没有扎下去。”“尊者,什么时候根才算扎下去呢?”“大王,等到有在铜掌岛出生、在铜掌岛出家、在铜掌岛学律、又在铜掌岛教律的童真比丘时,教法的根才算扎下去了。”“尊者,现在有这样的比丘吗?”“有,大王,大阿栗咤比丘能胜任这件事。”“尊者,那我在这里该做什么呢?”“大王,应该建一座大棚。”“好的,尊者。”国王就以王者的威势,在名叫弥伽瓦那阿巴耶的大臣的住处,照着阿阇世大王在大结集时建大棚的样子,建了一座大棚,让所有管锣鼓的人各自奏起自己的技艺,然后被几千人簇拥着,心想“我要看到教法的根扎下去”,来到了塔园。
Rājā tattha aṭṭha pupphamuṭṭhiyo okiritvā vanditvā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ patto. Tatthassa purisā campakapupphāni abhihariṃsu. Tāni rājā therassa adāsi. Thero mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ pupphehi pūjetvā vandi. Tāvadeva mahāpathavī saṅkampi. Rājā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampitthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Imasmiṃ, mahārāja, okāse anāgate buddhassa bhagavato asadiso mahāthūpo bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti. ‘‘Ahameva karomi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, mahārāja, tumhākaṃ aññaṃ bahukammaṃ atthi, tumhākaṃ pana nattā duṭṭhagāmaṇī abhayo nāma kāressatī’’ti. Atha rājā ‘‘sace, bhante, mayhaṃ nattā karissati, kataṃyeva mayā’’ti dvādasahatthaṃ pāsāṇatthambhaṃ āharāpetvā ‘‘devānampiyatissassa rañño nattā duṭṭhagāmaṇī abhayo nāma imasmiṃ padese thūpaṃ karotū’’ti akkharāni likhāpetvā patiṭṭhāpetvā vanditvā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘patiṭṭhitaṃ nu kho, bhante, tambapaṇṇidīpe sāsana’’nti? ‘‘Patiṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, sāsanaṃ; mūlāni panassa na tāva otarantī’’ti. ‘‘Kadā pana, bhante mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavissantī’’ti? ‘‘Yadā, mahārāja, tambapaṇṇidīpakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpe jāto dārako tambapaṇṇidīpe pabbajitvā tambapaṇṇidīpamhiyeva vinayaṃ uggahetvā tambapaṇṇidīpe vācessati, tadā sāsanassa mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavissantī’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, bhante, ediso bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, mahārāja, mahāariṭṭho bhikkhu paṭibalo etasmiṃ kamme’’ti. ‘‘Mayā ettha, bhante, kiṃ kattabba’’nti? ‘‘Maṇḍapaṃ, mahārāja, kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā meghavaṇṇābhayassa amaccassa pariveṇaṭṭhāne mahāsaṅgītikāle ajātasattumahārājena katamaṇḍapappakāraṃ rājānubhāvena maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā sabbatāḷāvacare sakasakasippesu payojetvā ‘‘sāsanassa mūlāni otarantāni passissāmī’’ti anekapurisasahassaparivuto thūpārāmaṃ anuppatto.
那时,六万八千位比丘聚集在塔园寺。玛欣德长老的座位朝南铺设,大阿栗咤长老的法座朝北铺设。于是,大阿栗咤长老应玛欣德长老的请求,按照自己合适的次第,登上了法座。以玛欣德长老为首的六十八位大长老围坐在法座四周。国王的幼弟,名叫末陀阿巴耶长老,心想“我要担起重任,学习戒律”,便和五百位比丘一起,也围坐在大阿栗咤长老的法座旁。其余的比丘以及包括国王在内的大众,各自坐在自己的座位上。
Tena kho pana samayena thūpārāme aṭṭhasaṭṭhi bhikkhusahassāni sannipatiṃsu. Mahāmahindattherassa āsanaṃ dakkhiṇābhimukhaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanaṃ uttarābhimukhaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Atha kho mahāariṭṭhatthero mahindattherena ajjhiṭṭho attano anurūpena pattānukkamena dhammāsane nisīdi. Mahindattherapamukhā aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahātherā dhammāsanaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Raññopi kaniṭṭhabhātā mattābhayatthero nāma ‘‘dhuraggāho hutvā vinayaṃ uggaṇhissāmī’’ti pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanameva parivāretvā nisīdi. Avasesāpi bhikkhū sarājikā ca parisā attano attano pattāsane nisīdiṃsu.
那时,具寿大阿栗咤长老以“当时,佛陀世尊住在毗兰若的纳利罗普奇曼达树下”作为律藏的缘起,宣说了律藏。当具寿阿栗咤长老宣说律藏缘起时,空中发出巨大的吼声,非时闪电迸发,天神们发出善哉之声,大地震动直到水界。在如此种种神变显现之时,具寿阿栗咤长老被以摩诃玛欣德为首的六十八位各别僧团的漏尽大长老,以及另外六万八千位比丘围绕,在初迦提迦月自恣日,于塔园寺中央,开示了律藏——这部阐明世尊悲德、调伏世尊所教诫者的身业与语业之造作的律藏。开示之后,他尽其寿命住世,教导了许多人,令许多人的心得以安住,最终以无余涅槃界般涅槃。而那些以摩诃玛欣德为首的大长老们,在那次集会中——
Athāyasmā mahāariṭṭhatthero tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharati naḷerupucimandamūleti vinayanidānaṃ abhāsi. Bhāsite ca panāyasmatā ariṭṭhattherena vinayanidāne ākāsaṃ mahāviravaṃ ravi. Akālavijjulatā nicchariṃsu. Devatā sādhukāraṃ adaṃsu. Mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā saṅkampi. Evaṃ anekesu pāṭihāriyesu vattamānesu āyasmā ariṭṭhatthero mahāmahindapamukhehi aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā paccekagaṇīhi khīṇāsavamahātherehi tadaññehi ca aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusahassehi parivuto paṭhamakattikapavāraṇādivase thūpārāmavihāramajjhe satthu karuṇāguṇadīpakaṃ bhagavato anusiṭṭhikarānaṃ kāyakammavacīkammavipphanditavinayanaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ pakāsesi. Pakāsetvā ca yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhamāno bahūnaṃ vācetvā bahūnaṃ hadaye patiṭṭhāpetvā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi. Tepi kho mahāmahindappamukhā tasmiṃ samāgame –
六十八位大长老,肩负教法重任,齐聚一堂。
所有各自带领一群人的,都是法王的弟子。
诸漏已尽、得自在、具足三明、善巧神通者,
他们证悟了最高的意义之后,就教导了国王们。
展现出光明,照亮了这片大地;
就像燃烧的大火堆一样,那些大圣者们彻底熄灭了。
‘‘Aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahātherā, dhuraggāhā samāgatā; Paccekagaṇino sabbe, dhammarājassa sāvakā. ‘‘Khīṇāsavā vasippattā, tevijjā iddhikovidā; Uttamatthamabhiññāya, anusāsiṃsu rājino. ‘‘Ālokaṃ dassayitvāna, obhāsetvā mahiṃ imaṃ; Jalitvā aggikkhandhāva, nibbāyiṃsu mahesayo’’.
在他们般涅槃之后,还有一些长老的弟子,比如提萨达多、迦罗苏摩那、长苏摩那等人,以及大阿利咤长老的弟子和弟子的弟子,就这样,像前面所说的那样,通过一代代师承相传,把这部律藏一直传到了今天。因此说:
Tesaṃ parinibbānato aparabhāge aññepi tesaṃ therānaṃ antevāsikā tissadattakāḷasumana-dīghasumanādayo ca mahāariṭṭhattherassa antevāsikā, antevāsikānaṃ antevāsikā cāti evaṃ pubbe vuttappakārā ācariyaparamparā imaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ yāvajjatanā ānesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
不过,从第三次结集之后算起,传到这座岛上的法,是摩哂陀等人带来的;从摩哂陀那里学习之后,有一段时间是由阿利咤长老等人传来的;从那时起直到今天,则是由他们亲传弟子的师徒相承辗转传来的。
‘‘Tatiyasaṅgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ mahindādīhi ābhataṃ, mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ, tato yāvajjatanā tesaṃyeva antevāsikaparamparabhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhata’’nti.
它安立在何处?应当知道,它安立在这样的人身上:他们传承巴利圣典和义理都完整无缺,就像装在宝石瓶里的油一样,一滴也不漏;他们具备这样增上的念、慧、定、精进,有惭有愧,乐于学戒。因此,比丘应当看到学习律藏的功德,为了令律藏得以安立,以好学之心来学习律藏。
Kattha patiṭṭhitanti? Yesaṃ pāḷito ca atthato ca anūnaṃ vattati, maṇighaṭe pakkhittatelamiva īsakampi na paggharati, evarūpesu adhimattasati-gati-dhiti-mantesu lajjīsu kukkuccakesu sikkhākāmesu puggalesu patiṭṭhitanti veditabbaṃ. Tasmā vinayapatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ sallakkhetvā sikkhākāmena bhikkhunā vinayo pariyāpuṇitabbo.
在这里,学习律藏的功德是这样的:一个精通律藏的人,对于在教法中获得信心的善家子弟来说,就像父母一样,因为他们的出家、受具足戒、随行修持、行处善巧,都依赖于他。而且,依靠学习律藏,他自己的戒蕴得到善加守护、善加保护;他成为那些心生悔疑的比丘们的依靠处;他在僧团中无所畏惧地说话;他以正法善巧地折伏对手;他为了正法久住而修行。因此世尊说:“比丘们,有五种功德属于持律者:自己的戒蕴得到善加守护、善加保护……乃至……为了正法久住而修行。”(《附随》325)
Tatrāyaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃso – vinayapariyattikusalo hi puggalo sāsane paṭiladdhasaddhānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ mātāpituṭṭhāniyo hoti, tadāyattā hi nesaṃ pabbajjā upasampadā vattānuvattapaṭipatti ācāragocarakusalatā. Api cassa vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito; kukkuccapakatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti; visārado saṅghamajjhe voharati; paccatthike sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇhāti; saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā vinayadhare puggale; attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito…pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hotī’’ti (pari. 325).
世尊也说过那些以律仪为根本的善法,而持律的人就是这些法的继承者,因为这些法以律为根本。世尊确实这样说过:“律是为了律仪,律仪是为了无悔,无悔是为了喜悦,喜悦是为了喜,喜是为了轻安,轻安是为了乐,乐是为了定,定是为了如实知见,如实知见是为了厌离,厌离是为了离欲,离欲是为了解脱,解脱是为了解脱知见,解脱知见是为了无取著而般涅槃。就是为了这个目的而说,为了这个目的而讨论,为了这个目的而亲近,为了这个目的而谛听——也就是无取著的心解脱。”(《附随》366)所以,应当致力于律藏的学习。
Ye cāpi saṃvaramūlakā kusalā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, vinayadharo puggalo tesaṃ dāyādo; vinayamūlakattā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘vinayo saṃvaratthāya, saṃvaro avippaṭisāratthāya, avippaṭisāro pāmojjatthāya, pāmojjaṃ pītatthāya, pīti passaddhatthāya, passaddhi sukhatthāya, sukhaṃ samādhatthāya, samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanatthāya, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidatthāya, nibbidā virāgatthāya, virāgo vimuttatthāya , vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanatthāya, vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ anupādāparinibbānatthāya. Etadatthā kathā, etadatthā mantanā, etadatthā upanisā, etadatthaṃ sotāvadhānaṃ – yadidaṃ anupādācittassa vimokkho’’ti (pari. 366). Tasmā vinayapariyattiyā āyogo karaṇīyoti.
到这里为止,为了注释律藏而安立的论母,其中——
Ettāvatā ca yā sā vinayasaṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ mātikā ṭhapitā tattha –
由谁说、在何时说、因为什么说,由谁受持、由谁带来;
凡是它安立之处,说了这个之后,接下来便说其方式。
‘‘Vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ; Yatthappatiṭṭhitaṃ cetametaṃ, vatvā vidhiṃ tato’’ti.
这个偈颂的含义已经讲清楚了,律藏外缘起的注释也已经按照本意解说完毕。
Imissā tāva gāthāya attho pakāsito vinayassa ca bāhiranidānavaṇṇanā yathādhippāyaṃ saṃvaṇṇitā hotīti.